4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
7 ** May you do good and not evil.
8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction.
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 ** following are true:
52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 ** number consists of a single page change.
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file.
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 ** are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 ** database to flush their caches.
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 ** than one billion transactions.
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 ** of every transaction.
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 ** the database file.
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 ** content out of the database file.
110 ******************************************************************************/
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace
=1; /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
139 ** OPEN <------+------+
142 ** +---------> READER-------+ |
145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal]
164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal]
165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction]
168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written.
178 ** * No read or write transaction is active.
179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 ** open. The database size is known in this state.
189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below).
197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 ** may not be trusted at this point.
202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
224 ** * A write transaction is active.
225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 ** lock is held on the database file.
227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
242 ** * A write transaction is active.
243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 ** just the log file).
255 ** * A write transaction is active.
256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 ** and synced to disk.
259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
273 ** * A write transaction is active.
274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 ** to rollback the transaction.
282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 ** instead of READER following such an error.
299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback().
314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 ** of the first four states.
344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state().
352 #define PAGER_READER 1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint
;
432 struct PagerSavepoint
{
433 i64 iOffset
; /* Starting offset in main journal */
434 i64 iHdrOffset
; /* See above */
435 Bitvec
*pInSavepoint
; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
436 Pgno nOrig
; /* Original number of pages in file */
437 Pgno iSubRec
; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
438 int bTruncateOnRelease
; /* If stmt journal may be truncated on RELEASE */
439 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
440 u32 aWalData
[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA
]; /* WAL savepoint context */
445 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below.
447 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */
448 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
449 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
452 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
453 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
457 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
458 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state.
462 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
463 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
465 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
466 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
467 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
468 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
469 ** need (and no reason to release them).
471 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
472 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
477 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
478 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
479 ** not updated more often than necessary.
481 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
482 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
483 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
484 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
485 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
486 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
488 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
489 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
494 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
495 ** (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
496 ** journal file before it is synced to disk.
498 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
499 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
500 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
501 ** If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
502 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
503 ** it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
504 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
505 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
507 ** Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
508 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
509 ** super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
510 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
512 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
513 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
514 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
515 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
519 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by
520 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
521 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory).
523 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
524 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
525 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
526 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
527 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
528 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF
529 ** case is a user preference.
531 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
532 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
533 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
534 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
535 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
539 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
540 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
541 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
543 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
544 ** write-transaction is opened.
546 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
548 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
549 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
552 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
553 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
554 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
555 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
556 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
557 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
558 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
561 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
562 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
563 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
564 ** dbSize is updated.
566 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
567 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
568 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
569 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
572 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
573 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
574 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
575 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
577 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
578 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
579 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
580 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
581 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
582 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
583 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
584 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
585 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
586 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
590 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
591 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
593 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
594 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
595 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
596 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
597 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
602 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
603 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
604 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
607 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
609 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
610 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
611 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
612 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
613 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags
614 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
615 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note
616 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
617 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
620 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
; /* OS functions to use for IO */
621 u8 exclusiveMode
; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622 u8 journalMode
; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623 u8 useJournal
; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624 u8 noSync
; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625 u8 fullSync
; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626 u8 extraSync
; /* sync directory after journal delete */
627 u8 syncFlags
; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
628 u8 walSyncFlags
; /* See description above */
629 u8 tempFile
; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630 u8 noLock
; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631 u8 readOnly
; /* True for a read-only database */
632 u8 memDb
; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633 u8 memVfs
; /* VFS-implemented memory database */
635 /**************************************************************************
636 ** The following block contains those class members that change during
637 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed
638 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
639 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
640 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe
641 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
642 ** "configuration" of the pager.
644 u8 eState
; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
645 u8 eLock
; /* Current lock held on database file */
646 u8 changeCountDone
; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
647 u8 setSuper
; /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
648 u8 doNotSpill
; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
649 u8 subjInMemory
; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
650 u8 bUseFetch
; /* True to use xFetch() */
651 u8 hasHeldSharedLock
; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
652 Pgno dbSize
; /* Number of pages in the database */
653 Pgno dbOrigSize
; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
654 Pgno dbFileSize
; /* Number of pages in the database file */
655 Pgno dbHintSize
; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
656 int errCode
; /* One of several kinds of errors */
657 int nRec
; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
658 u32 cksumInit
; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
659 u32 nSubRec
; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
660 Bitvec
*pInJournal
; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
661 sqlite3_file
*fd
; /* File descriptor for database */
662 sqlite3_file
*jfd
; /* File descriptor for main journal */
663 sqlite3_file
*sjfd
; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
664 i64 journalOff
; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
665 i64 journalHdr
; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
666 sqlite3_backup
*pBackup
; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
667 PagerSavepoint
*aSavepoint
; /* Array of active savepoints */
668 int nSavepoint
; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
669 u32 iDataVersion
; /* Changes whenever database content changes */
670 char dbFileVers
[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
672 int nMmapOut
; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
673 sqlite3_int64 szMmap
; /* Desired maximum mmap size */
674 PgHdr
*pMmapFreelist
; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
676 ** End of the routinely-changing class members
677 ***************************************************************************/
679 u16 nExtra
; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
680 i16 nReserve
; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
681 u32 vfsFlags
; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
682 u32 sectorSize
; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
683 Pgno mxPgno
; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
684 Pgno lckPgno
; /* Page number for the locking page */
685 i64 pageSize
; /* Number of bytes in a page */
686 i64 journalSizeLimit
; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
687 char *zFilename
; /* Name of the database file */
688 char *zJournal
; /* Name of the journal file */
689 int (*xBusyHandler
)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
690 void *pBusyHandlerArg
; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
691 int aStat
[4]; /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
693 int nRead
; /* Database pages read */
695 void (*xReiniter
)(DbPage
*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
696 int (*xGet
)(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
697 char *pTmpSpace
; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
698 PCache
*pPCache
; /* Pointer to page cache object */
699 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
700 Wal
*pWal
; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
701 char *zWal
; /* File name for write-ahead log */
706 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
707 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
708 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
710 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0
711 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1
712 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
713 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
716 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
717 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
718 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
721 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count
= 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
722 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count
= 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
723 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count
= 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
724 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
726 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
732 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
733 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
735 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
736 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being
737 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
738 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
739 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
740 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
741 ** journal and ignore it.
743 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
744 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
745 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
746 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
747 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
748 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
749 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
750 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
751 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
752 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
754 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic
[] = {
755 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
759 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
760 ** the following macro.
762 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
765 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
766 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
768 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
771 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
772 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
773 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
774 ** out code that would never execute.
776 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
779 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
783 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
784 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
786 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
787 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
789 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
793 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
794 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
796 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
798 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
802 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
804 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
806 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
808 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
809 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
811 ** * the database file is open,
812 ** * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
813 ** * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
815 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno pgno
){
816 if( pPager
->fd
->pMethods
==0 ) return 0;
817 if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager
->pPCache
) ) return 0;
818 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
822 rc
= sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager
->pWal
, pgno
, &iRead
);
823 return (rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& iRead
==0);
830 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
831 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
833 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
834 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
835 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
836 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
837 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
844 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
846 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
847 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
849 static int assert_pager_state(Pager
*p
){
852 /* State must be valid. */
853 assert( p
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
854 || p
->eState
==PAGER_READER
855 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
856 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
857 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
858 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
859 || p
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
862 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
863 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
864 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
866 assert( p
->tempFile
==0 || p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
867 assert( p
->tempFile
==0 || pPager
->changeCountDone
);
869 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
870 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
872 assert( p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
|| p
->useJournal
);
873 assert( p
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
|| !isOpen(p
->jfd
) );
875 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
876 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
877 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
878 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
879 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
880 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
884 assert( !isOpen(p
->fd
) );
886 assert( p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
887 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
889 assert( p
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
&& p
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
);
890 assert( pagerUseWal(p
)==0 );
893 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
896 assert( pPager
->changeCountDone
==0 || pPager
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
);
897 assert( p
->eLock
!=PENDING_LOCK
);
902 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
903 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
907 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
908 assert( p
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
909 assert( p
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
912 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
:
913 assert( p
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
914 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
915 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
916 assert( p
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
);
918 assert( pPager
->dbSize
==pPager
->dbOrigSize
);
919 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbFileSize
);
920 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbHintSize
);
921 assert( pPager
->setSuper
==0 );
924 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
:
925 assert( p
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
926 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
927 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
928 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
929 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
930 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
931 ** to journal_mode=wal.
933 assert( p
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
);
934 assert( isOpen(p
->jfd
)
935 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
936 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
939 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbFileSize
);
940 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbHintSize
);
943 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
:
944 assert( p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
945 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
946 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
947 assert( p
->eLock
>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
948 assert( isOpen(p
->jfd
)
949 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
950 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
951 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
953 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
<=pPager
->dbHintSize
);
956 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
:
957 assert( p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
958 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
959 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
960 assert( isOpen(p
->jfd
)
961 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
962 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
963 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
968 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
969 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
970 ** back to OPEN state.
972 assert( pPager
->errCode
!=SQLITE_OK
);
973 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)>0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
979 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
983 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
984 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
985 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
986 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
988 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
990 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
991 ** about an unused function. It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
992 ** not appear in normal builds.
994 char *print_pager_state(Pager
*p
){
995 static char zRet
[1024];
997 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet
,
999 "State: %s errCode=%d\n"
1001 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n"
1002 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n"
1003 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1004 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1005 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1007 , p
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
? "OPEN" :
1008 p
->eState
==PAGER_READER
? "READER" :
1009 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1010 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1011 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1012 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1013 p
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1015 , p
->eLock
==NO_LOCK
? "NO_LOCK" :
1016 p
->eLock
==RESERVED_LOCK
? "RESERVED" :
1017 p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1018 p
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
? "SHARED" :
1019 p
->eLock
==UNKNOWN_LOCK
? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1020 , p
->exclusiveMode
? "exclusive" : "normal"
1021 , p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
? "memory" :
1022 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
? "off" :
1023 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
? "delete" :
1024 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
? "persist" :
1025 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
? "truncate" :
1026 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
? "wal" : "?error?"
1027 , (int)p
->tempFile
, (int)p
->memDb
, (int)p
->useJournal
1028 , p
->journalOff
, p
->journalHdr
1029 , (int)p
->dbSize
, (int)p
->dbOrigSize
, (int)p
->dbFileSize
1036 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1037 static int getPageNormal(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int);
1038 static int getPageError(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int);
1039 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1040 static int getPageMMap(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int);
1044 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1045 ** content from the pager.
1047 static void setGetterMethod(Pager
*pPager
){
1048 if( pPager
->errCode
){
1049 pPager
->xGet
= getPageError
;
1050 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1051 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ){
1052 pPager
->xGet
= getPageMMap
;
1053 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1055 pPager
->xGet
= getPageNormal
;
1060 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1061 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1062 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1064 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1065 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1066 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1068 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
1069 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
1071 Pgno pgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
1073 for(i
=0; i
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; i
++){
1074 p
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[i
];
1075 if( p
->nOrig
>=pgno
&& 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p
->pInSavepoint
, pgno
) ){
1076 for(i
=i
+1; i
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; i
++){
1077 pPager
->aSavepoint
[i
].bTruncateOnRelease
= 0;
1087 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1089 static int pageInJournal(Pager
*pPager
, PgHdr
*pPg
){
1090 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager
->pInJournal
, pPg
->pgno
);
1095 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
1096 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1097 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1099 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1101 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file
*fd
, i64 offset
, u32
*pRes
){
1102 unsigned char ac
[4];
1103 int rc
= sqlite3OsRead(fd
, ac
, sizeof(ac
), offset
);
1104 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
1105 *pRes
= sqlite3Get4byte(ac
);
1111 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1113 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1117 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
1118 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1120 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file
*fd
, i64 offset
, u32 val
){
1123 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd
, ac
, 4, offset
);
1127 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1128 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1129 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1131 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1132 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1133 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1135 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager
*pPager
, int eLock
){
1138 assert( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| pPager
->eLock
==eLock
);
1139 assert( eLock
==NO_LOCK
|| eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
);
1140 assert( eLock
!=NO_LOCK
|| pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 );
1141 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
1142 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=eLock
);
1143 rc
= pPager
->noLock
? SQLITE_OK
: sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager
->fd
, eLock
);
1144 if( pPager
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
){
1145 pPager
->eLock
= (u8
)eLock
;
1147 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager
, eLock
))
1149 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1154 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1155 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1156 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1158 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1159 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1160 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1163 static int pagerLockDb(Pager
*pPager
, int eLock
){
1166 assert( eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
|| eLock
==RESERVED_LOCK
|| eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
1167 if( pPager
->eLock
<eLock
|| pPager
->eLock
==UNKNOWN_LOCK
){
1168 rc
= pPager
->noLock
? SQLITE_OK
: sqlite3OsLock(pPager
->fd
, eLock
);
1169 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& (pPager
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
||eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
) ){
1170 pPager
->eLock
= (u8
)eLock
;
1171 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager
, eLock
))
1178 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1179 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1180 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1182 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1183 ** a database page may be written atomically, and
1184 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1185 ** to the page size.
1187 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1188 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1190 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1191 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1192 ** returned in this case.
1194 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1196 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager
*pPager
){
1199 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1200 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1201 int dc
; /* Device characteristics */
1203 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
1204 dc
= sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
);
1206 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager
);
1209 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1210 if( pPager
->dbSize
>0 && (dc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
) ){
1215 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1217 int nSector
= pPager
->sectorSize
;
1218 int szPage
= pPager
->pageSize
;
1220 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512
==(512>>8));
1221 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K
==(65536>>8));
1222 if( 0==(dc
&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC
|(szPage
>>8)) || nSector
>szPage
) ){
1227 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
);
1234 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1235 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
1236 ** and debugging only.
1238 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1240 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1242 static u32
pager_datahash(int nByte
, unsigned char *pData
){
1245 for(i
=0; i
<nByte
; i
++){
1246 hash
= (hash
*1039) + pData
[i
];
1250 static u32
pager_pagehash(PgHdr
*pPage
){
1251 return pager_datahash(pPage
->pPager
->pageSize
, (unsigned char *)pPage
->pData
);
1253 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr
*pPage
){
1254 pPage
->pageHash
= pager_pagehash(pPage
);
1258 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1259 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1260 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1262 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1263 static void checkPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
1264 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
1265 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
1266 assert( (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
) || pPg
->pageHash
==pager_pagehash(pPg
) );
1270 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
1271 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0
1272 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1273 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1274 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1277 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1278 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
1279 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1280 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
1281 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1283 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
1284 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1285 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
1286 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
1287 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
1288 ** were present in the journal.
1290 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1291 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
1292 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
1293 ** super-journal file name.
1295 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
1296 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1298 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1299 ** error code is returned.
1301 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file
*pJrnl
, char *zSuper
, u32 nSuper
){
1302 int rc
; /* Return code */
1303 u32 len
; /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
1304 i64 szJ
; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1305 u32 cksum
; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1306 u32 u
; /* Unsigned loop counter */
1307 unsigned char aMagic
[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1310 if( SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl
, &szJ
))
1312 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pJrnl
, szJ
-16, &len
))
1316 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pJrnl
, szJ
-12, &cksum
))
1317 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl
, aMagic
, 8, szJ
-8))
1318 || memcmp(aMagic
, aJournalMagic
, 8)
1319 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl
, zSuper
, len
, szJ
-16-len
))
1324 /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
1325 for(u
=0; u
<len
; u
++){
1329 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1330 ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
1331 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1332 ** super-journal filename.
1337 zSuper
[len
+1] = '\0';
1343 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1344 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1345 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1347 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1349 ** Pager.journalOff Return value
1350 ** ---------------------------------------
1357 static i64
journalHdrOffset(Pager
*pPager
){
1359 i64 c
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1361 offset
= ((c
-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
1363 assert( offset
%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
)==0 );
1364 assert( offset
>=c
);
1365 assert( (offset
-c
)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) );
1370 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1372 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1373 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1375 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1376 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1377 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1378 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1379 ** after writing or truncating it.
1381 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1382 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1383 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1384 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1385 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1387 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1388 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1390 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager
*pPager
, int doTruncate
){
1391 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
1392 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
1393 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
) );
1394 if( pPager
->journalOff
){
1395 const i64 iLimit
= pPager
->journalSizeLimit
; /* Local cache of jsl */
1397 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager
))
1398 if( doTruncate
|| iLimit
==0 ){
1399 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, 0);
1401 static const char zeroHdr
[28] = {0};
1402 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, zeroHdr
, sizeof(zeroHdr
), 0);
1404 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !pPager
->noSync
){
1405 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY
|pPager
->syncFlags
);
1408 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1409 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1410 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1411 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1412 ** to sync the file following this operation.
1414 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& iLimit
>0 ){
1416 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &sz
);
1417 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& sz
>iLimit
){
1418 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, iLimit
);
1426 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1427 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1428 ** current location.
1430 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1431 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1432 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1433 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1434 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1435 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1436 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1438 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1440 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager
*pPager
){
1441 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
1442 char *zHeader
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
; /* Temporary space used to build header */
1443 u32 nHeader
= (u32
)pPager
->pageSize
;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1444 u32 nWrite
; /* Bytes of header sector written */
1445 int ii
; /* Loop counter */
1447 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1449 if( nHeader
>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) ){
1450 nHeader
= JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
1453 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1454 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1455 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1457 for(ii
=0; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
1458 if( pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].iHdrOffset
==0 ){
1459 pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].iHdrOffset
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1463 pPager
->journalHdr
= pPager
->journalOff
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
1466 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1467 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1468 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1469 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1470 ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1472 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1473 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1474 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1475 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1476 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1477 ** where this risk can be ignored:
1479 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1480 ** power failure in this case anyway.
1482 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1483 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1485 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->noSync
);
1486 if( pPager
->noSync
|| (pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
)
1487 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND
)
1489 memcpy(zHeader
, aJournalMagic
, sizeof(aJournalMagic
));
1490 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)], 0xffffffff);
1492 memset(zHeader
, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+4);
1495 /* The random check-hash initializer */
1496 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager
->cksumInit
), &pPager
->cksumInit
);
1497 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+4], pPager
->cksumInit
);
1498 /* The initial database size */
1499 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+8], pPager
->dbOrigSize
);
1500 /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1501 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+12], pPager
->sectorSize
);
1504 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+16], pPager
->pageSize
);
1506 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything
1507 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing
1508 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1509 ** take the performance hit.
1511 memset(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+20], 0,
1512 nHeader
-(sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+20));
1514 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1515 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1516 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1517 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1518 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1520 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1521 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1522 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1523 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1526 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1527 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1528 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1529 ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1531 for(nWrite
=0; rc
==SQLITE_OK
&&nWrite
<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
); nWrite
+=nHeader
){
1532 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager
, pPager
->journalHdr
, nHeader
))
1533 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, zHeader
, nHeader
, pPager
->journalOff
);
1534 assert( pPager
->journalHdr
<= pPager
->journalOff
);
1535 pPager
->journalOff
+= nHeader
;
1542 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1543 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1544 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1545 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1546 ** a description of the journal header format.
1548 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1549 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1550 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1551 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1554 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1555 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1556 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1558 static int readJournalHdr(
1559 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
1561 i64 journalSize
, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1562 u32
*pNRec
, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1563 u32
*pDbSize
/* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1565 int rc
; /* Return code */
1566 unsigned char aMagic
[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1567 i64 iHdrOff
; /* Offset of journal header being read */
1569 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1571 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1572 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1573 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1575 pPager
->journalOff
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
1576 if( pPager
->journalOff
+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) > journalSize
){
1579 iHdrOff
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1581 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1582 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1583 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1586 if( isHot
|| iHdrOff
!=pPager
->journalHdr
){
1587 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->jfd
, aMagic
, sizeof(aMagic
), iHdrOff
);
1591 if( memcmp(aMagic
, aJournalMagic
, sizeof(aMagic
))!=0 ){
1596 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1597 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1598 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1600 if( SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+8, pNRec
))
1601 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+12, &pPager
->cksumInit
))
1602 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+16, pDbSize
))
1607 if( pPager
->journalOff
==0 ){
1608 u32 iPageSize
; /* Page-size field of journal header */
1609 u32 iSectorSize
; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1611 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1612 if( SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+20, &iSectorSize
))
1613 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+24, &iPageSize
))
1618 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1619 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1620 ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1623 iPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
;
1626 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1627 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1628 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1629 ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1631 if( iPageSize
<512 || iSectorSize
<32
1632 || iPageSize
>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
|| iSectorSize
>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1633 || ((iPageSize
-1)&iPageSize
)!=0 || ((iSectorSize
-1)&iSectorSize
)!=0
1635 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1636 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1637 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1638 ** the journal file here.
1643 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1644 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1645 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1647 rc
= sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager
, &iPageSize
, -1);
1648 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
1650 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1651 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1652 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1653 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1654 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1656 pPager
->sectorSize
= iSectorSize
;
1659 pPager
->journalOff
+= JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
1665 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
1666 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
1667 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1668 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1669 ** anything is written. The format is:
1671 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_SJ_PGNO.
1672 ** + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
1673 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1674 ** + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
1675 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1677 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal
1678 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1680 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1681 ** this call is a no-op.
1683 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager
*pPager
, const char *zSuper
){
1684 int rc
; /* Return code */
1685 int nSuper
; /* Length of string zSuper */
1686 i64 iHdrOff
; /* Offset of header in journal file */
1687 i64 jrnlSize
; /* Size of journal file on disk */
1688 u32 cksum
= 0; /* Checksum of string zSuper */
1690 assert( pPager
->setSuper
==0 );
1691 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
1694 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1695 || !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
1699 pPager
->setSuper
= 1;
1700 assert( pPager
->journalHdr
<= pPager
->journalOff
);
1702 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
1703 for(nSuper
=0; zSuper
[nSuper
]; nSuper
++){
1704 cksum
+= zSuper
[nSuper
];
1707 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1708 ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1709 ** the journal has already been synced.
1711 if( pPager
->fullSync
){
1712 pPager
->journalOff
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
1714 iHdrOff
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1716 /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1717 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1719 if( (0 != (rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
, PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
))))
1720 || (0 != (rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, zSuper
, nSuper
, iHdrOff
+4)))
1721 || (0 != (rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+4+nSuper
, nSuper
)))
1722 || (0 != (rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+4+nSuper
+4, cksum
)))
1723 || (0 != (rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, aJournalMagic
, 8,
1724 iHdrOff
+4+nSuper
+8)))
1728 pPager
->journalOff
+= (nSuper
+20);
1730 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1731 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
1732 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1733 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1734 ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
1735 ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1737 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1738 ** file to the required size.
1740 if( SQLITE_OK
==(rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &jrnlSize
))
1741 && jrnlSize
>pPager
->journalOff
1743 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->journalOff
);
1749 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1751 static void pager_reset(Pager
*pPager
){
1752 pPager
->iDataVersion
++;
1753 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager
->pBackup
);
1754 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager
->pPCache
);
1758 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1760 u32
sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager
*pPager
){
1761 return pPager
->iDataVersion
;
1765 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1766 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1767 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1769 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager
*pPager
){
1770 int ii
; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1771 for(ii
=0; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
1772 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].pInSavepoint
);
1774 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
1775 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->sjfd
);
1777 sqlite3_free(pPager
->aSavepoint
);
1778 pPager
->aSavepoint
= 0;
1779 pPager
->nSavepoint
= 0;
1780 pPager
->nSubRec
= 0;
1784 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1785 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1786 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1788 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno pgno
){
1789 int ii
; /* Loop counter */
1790 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Result code */
1792 for(ii
=0; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
1793 PagerSavepoint
*p
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
];
1794 if( pgno
<=p
->nOrig
){
1795 rc
|= sqlite3BitvecSet(p
->pInSavepoint
, pgno
);
1796 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
1797 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
1804 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1805 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1808 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1809 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1810 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1811 ** closed (if it is open).
1813 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1814 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1815 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1816 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1817 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1818 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1820 static void pager_unlock(Pager
*pPager
){
1822 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
1823 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
1824 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
1827 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->pInJournal
);
1828 pPager
->pInJournal
= 0;
1829 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager
);
1831 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
1832 assert( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
1833 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
1834 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
1835 }else if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
1836 int rc
; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1837 int iDc
= isOpen(pPager
->fd
)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
):0;
1839 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1840 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise
1841 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1842 ** out from under us.
1844 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
& 5)!=1 );
1845 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
& 5)!=1 );
1846 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
& 5)!=1 );
1847 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
& 5)!=1 );
1848 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
& 5)==1 );
1849 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
& 5)==1 );
1850 if( 0==(iDc
& SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
)
1851 || 1!=(pPager
->journalMode
& 5)
1853 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
1856 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1857 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1858 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1861 rc
= pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, NO_LOCK
);
1862 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
){
1863 pPager
->eLock
= UNKNOWN_LOCK
;
1866 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1867 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1868 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1870 assert( pPager
->errCode
|| pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
1871 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
1874 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1875 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1876 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1877 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1879 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
|| !MEMDB
);
1880 if( pPager
->errCode
){
1881 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ){
1882 pager_reset(pPager
);
1883 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 0;
1884 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
1886 pPager
->eState
= (isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ? PAGER_OPEN
: PAGER_READER
);
1888 if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, 0, 0);
1889 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_OK
;
1890 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
1893 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
1894 pPager
->journalHdr
= 0;
1895 pPager
->setSuper
= 0;
1899 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1900 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1901 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1902 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1903 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1905 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1906 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1907 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1908 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1910 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1911 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1912 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1913 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1914 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1915 ** it were a hot-journal).
1917 static int pager_error(Pager
*pPager
, int rc
){
1918 int rc2
= rc
& 0xff;
1919 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| !MEMDB
);
1921 pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_FULL
||
1922 pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
||
1923 (pPager
->errCode
& 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1925 if( rc2
==SQLITE_FULL
|| rc2
==SQLITE_IOERR
){
1926 pPager
->errCode
= rc
;
1927 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_ERROR
;
1928 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
1933 static int pager_truncate(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno nPage
);
1936 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1937 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1939 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1943 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary
1944 ** for transactions to be durable.
1946 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1947 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1948 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1951 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager
*pPager
, int bCommit
){
1952 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ) return 1;
1953 if( !bCommit
) return 0;
1954 if( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ) return 0;
1955 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager
->pPCache
)>=25);
1959 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1960 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1961 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1962 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1963 ** database transaction.
1965 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1966 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1967 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1969 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1971 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1972 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1973 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1974 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1975 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1976 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1978 ** journalMode==MEMORY
1979 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1980 ** in-memory journal.
1982 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE
1983 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1985 ** journalMode==PERSIST
1986 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1987 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1988 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1990 ** journalMode==DELETE
1991 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1993 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1994 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1995 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1996 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1998 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1999 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2000 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2002 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2003 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2004 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2005 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2006 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2007 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2008 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2011 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager
*pPager
, int hasSuper
, int bCommit
){
2012 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2013 int rc2
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2015 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2016 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2017 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2018 ** held under two circumstances:
2020 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2021 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2023 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2024 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2025 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2026 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2028 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
2029 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
2030 if( pPager
->eState
<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
&& pPager
->eLock
<RESERVED_LOCK
){
2034 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager
);
2035 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) || pPager
->pInJournal
==0
2036 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
2038 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
2039 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
2041 /* Finalize the journal file. */
2042 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
) ){
2043 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2044 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
2045 }else if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
){
2046 if( pPager
->journalOff
==0 ){
2049 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, 0);
2050 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->fullSync
){
2051 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2052 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2053 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See
2054 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2056 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->syncFlags
);
2059 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
2060 }else if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2061 || (pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
)
2063 rc
= zeroJournalHdr(pPager
, hasSuper
||pPager
->tempFile
);
2064 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
2066 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2067 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2068 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2069 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2071 int bDelete
= !pPager
->tempFile
;
2072 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
)==0 );
2073 assert( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2074 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2075 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2077 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
2079 rc
= sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->extraSync
);
2084 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2085 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager
->pPCache
, pager_set_pagehash
);
2086 if( pPager
->dbSize
==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)>0 ){
2087 PgHdr
*p
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, 1);
2090 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p
);
2095 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->pInJournal
);
2096 pPager
->pInJournal
= 0;
2098 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2099 if( MEMDB
|| pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager
, bCommit
) ){
2100 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager
->pPCache
);
2102 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager
->pPCache
);
2104 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager
->pPCache
, pPager
->dbSize
);
2107 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
2108 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2109 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2110 ** lock held on the database file.
2112 rc2
= sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
2113 assert( rc2
==SQLITE_OK
);
2114 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bCommit
&& pPager
->dbFileSize
>pPager
->dbSize
){
2115 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2116 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2117 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2118 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2119 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2120 ** required size. */
2121 assert( pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
2122 rc
= pager_truncate(pPager
, pPager
->dbSize
);
2125 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bCommit
){
2126 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO
, 0);
2127 if( rc
==SQLITE_NOTFOUND
) rc
= SQLITE_OK
;
2130 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
2131 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager
) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager
->pWal
, 0))
2133 rc2
= pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
2135 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
;
2136 pPager
->setSuper
= 0;
2138 return (rc
==SQLITE_OK
?rc2
:rc
);
2142 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2145 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2146 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2147 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2148 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2149 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2150 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2151 ** will roll it back.
2153 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2154 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2155 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2156 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2158 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager
*pPager
){
2159 if( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
&& pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
){
2160 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
2161 if( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
2162 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2163 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager
);
2164 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2165 }else if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
2166 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
2167 pager_end_transaction(pPager
, 0, 0);
2170 pager_unlock(pPager
);
2174 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2175 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2176 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2178 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2179 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2180 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2181 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2183 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2184 ** incompatible journal file format.
2186 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2187 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2188 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2189 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2190 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2192 static u32
pager_cksum(Pager
*pPager
, const u8
*aData
){
2193 u32 cksum
= pPager
->cksumInit
; /* Checksum value to return */
2194 int i
= pPager
->pageSize
-200; /* Loop counter */
2203 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2204 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2205 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2206 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2208 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2211 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2212 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2213 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2215 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2216 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2217 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2218 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2219 ** prior to returning.
2221 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2222 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2223 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2224 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2225 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2226 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2227 ** two circumstances:
2229 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_SJ_PGNO), or
2230 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2231 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2233 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2235 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2236 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2237 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2239 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2240 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager being played back */
2241 i64
*pOffset
, /* Offset of record to playback */
2242 Bitvec
*pDone
, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2243 int isMainJrnl
, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2244 int isSavepnt
/* True for a savepoint rollback */
2247 PgHdr
*pPg
; /* An existing page in the cache */
2248 Pgno pgno
; /* The page number of a page in journal */
2249 u32 cksum
; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2250 char *aData
; /* Temporary storage for the page */
2251 sqlite3_file
*jfd
; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2252 int isSynced
; /* True if journal page is synced */
2254 assert( (isMainJrnl
&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2255 assert( (isSavepnt
&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2256 assert( isMainJrnl
|| pDone
); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2257 assert( isSavepnt
|| pDone
==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2259 aData
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2260 assert( aData
); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2261 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 || (!isMainJrnl
&& isSavepnt
) );
2263 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2264 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2265 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2266 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2267 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2269 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2270 || (pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
&& pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
)
2272 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
|| isMainJrnl
);
2274 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2275 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2277 jfd
= isMainJrnl
? pPager
->jfd
: pPager
->sjfd
;
2278 rc
= read32bits(jfd
, *pOffset
, &pgno
);
2279 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
2280 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(jfd
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
, (*pOffset
)+4);
2281 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
2282 *pOffset
+= pPager
->pageSize
+ 4 + isMainJrnl
*4;
2284 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
2285 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2286 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
2287 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2289 if( pgno
==0 || pgno
==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) ){
2290 assert( !isSavepnt
);
2293 if( pgno
>(Pgno
)pPager
->dbSize
|| sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone
, pgno
) ){
2297 rc
= read32bits(jfd
, (*pOffset
)-4, &cksum
);
2299 if( !isSavepnt
&& pager_cksum(pPager
, (u8
*)aData
)!=cksum
){
2304 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2305 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2307 if( pDone
&& (rc
= sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone
, pgno
))!=SQLITE_OK
){
2311 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2313 if( pgno
==1 && pPager
->nReserve
!=((u8
*)aData
)[20] ){
2314 pPager
->nReserve
= ((u8
*)aData
)[20];
2317 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2318 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2319 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2321 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2322 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2323 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2324 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2325 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2328 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2329 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2330 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2331 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2332 ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2334 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
2335 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2336 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2337 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
2338 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2339 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2340 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2341 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2342 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
2343 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2344 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2345 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2346 ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2348 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2349 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2350 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2352 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
2355 pPg
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pgno
);
2357 assert( pPg
|| !MEMDB
);
2358 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
|| pPg
==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
2359 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2360 PAGERID(pPager
), pgno
, pager_datahash(pPager
->pageSize
, (u8
*)aData
),
2361 (isMainJrnl
?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2364 isSynced
= pPager
->noSync
|| (*pOffset
<= pPager
->journalHdr
);
2366 isSynced
= (pPg
==0 || 0==(pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
));
2368 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
)
2369 && (pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
)
2372 i64 ofst
= (pgno
-1)*(i64
)pPager
->pageSize
;
2373 testcase( !isSavepnt
&& pPg
!=0 && (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)!=0 );
2374 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
2376 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2377 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2378 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2379 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2380 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2382 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
, ofst
);
2384 if( pgno
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
2385 pPager
->dbFileSize
= pgno
;
2387 if( pPager
->pBackup
){
2388 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, pgno
, (u8
*)aData
);
2390 }else if( !isMainJrnl
&& pPg
==0 ){
2391 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2392 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2393 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2394 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2397 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2398 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2399 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2400 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2402 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2403 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2404 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2405 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2407 assert( isSavepnt
);
2408 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
)==0 );
2409 pPager
->doNotSpill
|= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
;
2410 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, pgno
, &pPg
, 1);
2411 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
)!=0 );
2412 pPager
->doNotSpill
&= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
;
2413 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
2414 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg
);
2417 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2418 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2419 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2420 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2421 ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2425 memcpy(pData
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
);
2426 pPager
->xReiniter(pPg
);
2427 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But
2428 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2429 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2430 ** has been removed. */
2431 pager_set_pagehash(pPg
);
2433 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2434 ** Do this before any decoding. */
2436 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, &((u8
*)pData
)[24],sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
2438 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
2444 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
2445 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
2446 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
2447 ** and does so if it is.
2449 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2450 ** available for use within this function.
2452 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2453 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2454 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2455 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
2456 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2458 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2460 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2461 ** journals have been rolled back.
2463 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
2464 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2465 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2467 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so
2468 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
2471 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2472 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2473 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
2474 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2476 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2477 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2478 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2479 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2481 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2482 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
2483 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2486 static int pager_delsuper(Pager
*pPager
, const char *zSuper
){
2487 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
2488 int rc
; /* Return code */
2489 sqlite3_file
*pSuper
; /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
2490 sqlite3_file
*pJournal
; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2491 char *zSuperJournal
= 0; /* Contents of super-journal file */
2492 i64 nSuperJournal
; /* Size of super-journal file */
2493 char *zJournal
; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2494 char *zSuperPtr
; /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
2495 char *zFree
= 0; /* Free this buffer */
2496 int nSuperPtr
; /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
2498 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
2499 ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
2501 pSuper
= (sqlite3_file
*)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs
->szOsFile
* 2);
2503 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
2506 const int flags
= (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
);
2507 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, zSuper
, pSuper
, flags
, 0);
2508 pJournal
= (sqlite3_file
*)(((u8
*)pSuper
) + pVfs
->szOsFile
);
2510 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto delsuper_out
;
2512 /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
2513 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal. Also obtain
2514 ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
2515 ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2517 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper
, &nSuperJournal
);
2518 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto delsuper_out
;
2519 nSuperPtr
= pVfs
->mxPathname
+1;
2520 zFree
= sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal
+ nSuperPtr
+ 2);
2522 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
2525 zFree
[0] = zFree
[1] = zFree
[2] = zFree
[3] = 0;
2526 zSuperJournal
= &zFree
[4];
2527 zSuperPtr
= &zSuperJournal
[nSuperJournal
+2];
2528 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pSuper
, zSuperJournal
, (int)nSuperJournal
, 0);
2529 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto delsuper_out
;
2530 zSuperJournal
[nSuperJournal
] = 0;
2531 zSuperJournal
[nSuperJournal
+1] = 0;
2533 zJournal
= zSuperJournal
;
2534 while( (zJournal
-zSuperJournal
)<nSuperJournal
){
2536 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs
, zJournal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &exists
);
2537 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2541 /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
2542 ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
2543 ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
2544 ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a
2545 ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
2546 ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
2549 int flags
= (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
);
2550 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, zJournal
, pJournal
, flags
, 0);
2551 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2555 rc
= readSuperJournal(pJournal
, zSuperPtr
, nSuperPtr
);
2556 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal
);
2557 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2561 c
= zSuperPtr
[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr
, zSuper
)==0;
2563 /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
2567 zJournal
+= (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal
)+1);
2570 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper
);
2571 rc
= sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs
, zSuper
, 0);
2574 sqlite3_free(zFree
);
2576 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper
);
2577 assert( !isOpen(pJournal
) );
2578 sqlite3_free(pSuper
);
2585 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2586 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2587 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2589 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2590 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2591 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2592 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2593 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2595 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2596 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2597 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2598 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2599 ** the end of the new file instead.
2601 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2602 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2604 static int pager_truncate(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno nPage
){
2606 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
2607 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_READER
);
2608 PAGERTRACE(("Truncate %d npage %u\n", PAGERID(pPager
), nPage
));
2611 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
)
2612 && (pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
)
2614 i64 currentSize
, newSize
;
2615 int szPage
= pPager
->pageSize
;
2616 assert( pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
2617 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2618 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->fd
, ¤tSize
);
2619 newSize
= szPage
*(i64
)nPage
;
2620 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& currentSize
!=newSize
){
2621 if( currentSize
>newSize
){
2622 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->fd
, newSize
);
2623 }else if( (currentSize
+szPage
)<=newSize
){
2624 char *pTmp
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2625 memset(pTmp
, 0, szPage
);
2626 testcase( (newSize
-szPage
) == currentSize
);
2627 testcase( (newSize
-szPage
) > currentSize
);
2628 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
, &newSize
);
2629 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, pTmp
, szPage
, newSize
-szPage
);
2631 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2632 pPager
->dbFileSize
= nPage
;
2640 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2641 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2643 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file
*pFile
){
2644 int iRet
= sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile
);
2647 }else if( iRet
>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
){
2648 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
>=512 );
2649 iRet
= MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
;
2655 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2656 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2657 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2658 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2659 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
2661 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2663 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2664 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2665 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2666 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2668 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2669 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of
2670 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2671 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2672 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2673 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2674 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2675 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2677 static void setSectorSize(Pager
*pPager
){
2678 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->tempFile
);
2680 if( pPager
->tempFile
2681 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
) &
2682 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
)!=0
2684 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2685 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2686 ** call will segfault. */
2687 pPager
->sectorSize
= 512;
2689 pPager
->sectorSize
= sqlite3SectorSize(pPager
->fd
);
2694 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2695 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2697 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2699 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2700 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2701 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2702 ** number of page records from the journal size.
2703 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2705 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2706 ** database to during a rollback.
2707 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
2708 ** is this many bytes in size.
2709 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2710 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size.
2711 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2712 ** + 4 byte page number.
2713 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2714 ** + 4 byte checksum
2716 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2717 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2719 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
2720 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
2721 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
2722 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2723 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2724 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
2725 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
2726 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2728 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2729 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
2730 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
2731 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
2732 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2734 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2735 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2736 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2737 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2738 ** been encountered.
2740 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2741 ** and an error code is returned.
2743 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2744 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
2745 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2746 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2747 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2750 static int pager_playback(Pager
*pPager
, int isHot
){
2751 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
2752 i64 szJ
; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2753 u32 nRec
; /* Number of Records in the journal */
2754 u32 u
; /* Unsigned loop counter */
2755 Pgno mxPg
= 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
2756 int rc
; /* Result code of a subroutine */
2757 int res
= 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2758 char *zSuper
= 0; /* Name of super-journal file if any */
2759 int needPagerReset
; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2760 int nPlayback
= 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2761 u32 savedPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
;
2763 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
2764 ** the journal is empty.
2766 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
2767 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &szJ
);
2768 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2772 /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2773 ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2774 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2777 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2778 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2779 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2780 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2783 zSuper
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2784 rc
= readSuperJournal(pPager
->jfd
, zSuper
, pPager
->pVfs
->mxPathname
+1);
2785 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& zSuper
[0] ){
2786 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs
, zSuper
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &res
);
2789 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| !res
){
2792 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
2793 needPagerReset
= isHot
;
2795 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2796 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2800 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
2801 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2802 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2803 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2805 rc
= readJournalHdr(pPager
, isHot
, szJ
, &nRec
, &mxPg
);
2806 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2807 if( rc
==SQLITE_DONE
){
2813 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2814 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2815 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2816 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2818 if( nRec
==0xffffffff ){
2819 assert( pPager
->journalOff
==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) );
2820 nRec
= (int)((szJ
- JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
));
2823 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2824 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2825 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2826 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2827 ** size of the file.
2829 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2830 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2831 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
2832 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2833 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2834 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2835 ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2837 if( nRec
==0 && !isHot
&&
2838 pPager
->journalHdr
+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
)==pPager
->journalOff
){
2839 nRec
= (int)((szJ
- pPager
->journalOff
) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
));
2842 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2843 ** database file back to its original size.
2845 if( pPager
->journalOff
==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) ){
2846 rc
= pager_truncate(pPager
, mxPg
);
2847 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2850 pPager
->dbSize
= mxPg
;
2851 if( pPager
->mxPgno
<mxPg
){
2852 pPager
->mxPgno
= mxPg
;
2856 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2857 ** database file and/or page cache.
2859 for(u
=0; u
<nRec
; u
++){
2860 if( needPagerReset
){
2861 pager_reset(pPager
);
2864 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
,&pPager
->journalOff
,0,1,0);
2865 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2868 if( rc
==SQLITE_DONE
){
2869 pPager
->journalOff
= szJ
;
2871 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
2872 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2873 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2874 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that
2875 ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2876 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2880 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2881 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2882 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next
2883 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2894 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2895 rc
= sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager
, &savedPageSize
, -1);
2897 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2898 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2899 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2900 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2903 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED
,0);
2906 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2907 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2908 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2909 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2910 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2911 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2912 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2913 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2915 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
;
2917 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2918 /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory.
2919 ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in
2920 ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before
2922 zSuper
= &pPager
->pTmpSpace
[4];
2923 rc
= readSuperJournal(pPager
->jfd
, zSuper
, pPager
->pVfs
->mxPathname
+1);
2924 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
2927 && (pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
)
2929 rc
= sqlite3PagerSync(pPager
, 0);
2931 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2932 rc
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, zSuper
[0]!='\0', 0);
2933 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
2935 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& zSuper
[0] && res
){
2936 /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
2937 ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
2939 assert( zSuper
==&pPager
->pTmpSpace
[4] );
2940 memset(pPager
->pTmpSpace
, 0, 4);
2941 rc
= pager_delsuper(pPager
, zSuper
);
2942 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
2944 if( isHot
&& nPlayback
){
2945 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK
, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2946 nPlayback
, pPager
->zJournal
);
2949 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2950 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2951 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2953 setSectorSize(pPager
);
2959 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
2960 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
2961 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2962 ** file before this function is called.
2964 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2965 ** the value read from the database file.
2967 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2968 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2970 static int readDbPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
2971 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2972 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
2974 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2975 u32 iFrame
= 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
2977 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
&& !MEMDB
);
2978 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
2980 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
2981 rc
= sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager
->pWal
, pPg
->pgno
, &iFrame
);
2985 rc
= sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager
->pWal
, iFrame
,pPager
->pageSize
,pPg
->pData
);
2989 i64 iOffset
= (pPg
->pgno
-1)*(i64
)pPager
->pageSize
;
2990 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->fd
, pPg
->pData
, pPager
->pageSize
, iOffset
);
2991 if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
2998 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2999 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy
3000 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be
3001 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3002 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling
3003 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3005 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes
3006 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of
3007 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3008 ** we should still be ok.
3010 memset(pPager
->dbFileVers
, 0xff, sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
3012 u8
*dbFileVers
= &((u8
*)pPg
->pData
)[24];
3013 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, dbFileVers
, sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
3016 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count
);
3017 PAGER_INCR(pPager
->nRead
);
3018 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
));
3019 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3020 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
, pager_pagehash(pPg
)));
3026 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3027 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3029 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3030 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3031 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3033 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr
*pPg
){
3035 if( NEVER(pPg
==0) ) return;
3037 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3038 change_counter
= sqlite3Get4byte((u8
*)pPg
->pPager
->dbFileVers
)+1;
3039 put32bits(((char*)pPg
->pData
)+24, change_counter
);
3041 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3042 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3044 put32bits(((char*)pPg
->pData
)+92, change_counter
);
3045 put32bits(((char*)pPg
->pData
)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
);
3048 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3050 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3051 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3052 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3053 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3055 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3056 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3057 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3058 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3059 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3061 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx
, Pgno iPg
){
3063 Pager
*pPager
= (Pager
*)pCtx
;
3066 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
3067 pPg
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, iPg
);
3069 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg
)==1 ){
3070 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg
);
3072 rc
= readDbPage(pPg
);
3073 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3074 pPager
->xReiniter(pPg
);
3076 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg
);
3080 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3081 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3082 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3083 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3084 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3085 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3086 ** the backups must be restarted.
3088 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager
->pBackup
);
3094 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3096 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager
*pPager
){
3097 int rc
; /* Return Code */
3098 PgHdr
*pList
; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3100 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3101 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3104 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3105 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3107 pPager
->dbSize
= pPager
->dbOrigSize
;
3108 rc
= sqlite3WalUndo(pPager
->pWal
, pagerUndoCallback
, (void *)pPager
);
3109 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
3110 while( pList
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3111 PgHdr
*pNext
= pList
->pDirty
;
3112 rc
= pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager
, pList
->pgno
);
3120 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3121 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3122 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3125 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3126 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3128 static int pagerWalFrames(
3129 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
3130 PgHdr
*pList
, /* List of frames to log */
3131 Pgno nTruncate
, /* Database size after this commit */
3132 int isCommit
/* True if this is a commit */
3134 int rc
; /* Return code */
3135 int nList
; /* Number of pages in pList */
3136 PgHdr
*p
; /* For looping over pages */
3138 assert( pPager
->pWal
);
3141 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3142 for(p
=pList
; p
&& p
->pDirty
; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3143 assert( p
->pgno
< p
->pDirty
->pgno
);
3147 assert( pList
->pDirty
==0 || isCommit
);
3149 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3150 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3151 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3153 PgHdr
**ppNext
= &pList
;
3155 for(p
=pList
; (*ppNext
= p
)!=0; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3156 if( p
->pgno
<=nTruncate
){
3157 ppNext
= &p
->pDirty
;
3165 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
] += nList
;
3167 if( pList
->pgno
==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList
);
3168 rc
= sqlite3WalFrames(pPager
->pWal
,
3169 pPager
->pageSize
, pList
, nTruncate
, isCommit
, pPager
->walSyncFlags
3171 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->pBackup
){
3172 for(p
=pList
; p
; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3173 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, p
->pgno
, (u8
*)p
->pData
);
3177 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3178 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
3179 for(p
=pList
; p
; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3180 pager_set_pagehash(p
);
3188 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3190 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3191 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3192 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3193 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3195 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager
*pPager
){
3196 int rc
; /* Return code */
3197 int changed
= 0; /* True if cache must be reset */
3199 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
3200 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
3202 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3203 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we
3204 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3205 ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3207 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
3209 rc
= sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager
->pWal
, &changed
);
3210 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| changed
){
3211 pager_reset(pPager
);
3212 if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, 0, 0);
3220 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3221 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3222 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3224 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3225 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3226 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3228 static int pagerPagecount(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno
*pnPage
){
3229 Pgno nPage
; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3231 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3232 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3233 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3234 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3235 ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3237 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
3238 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
3239 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
3240 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
3241 nPage
= sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager
->pWal
);
3243 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3244 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3245 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an
3246 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3248 if( nPage
==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager
->fd
)) ){
3249 i64 n
= 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */
3250 int rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->fd
, &n
);
3251 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
3254 nPage
= (Pgno
)((n
+pPager
->pageSize
-1) / pPager
->pageSize
);
3257 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3258 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3259 ** that the file can be read.
3261 if( nPage
>pPager
->mxPgno
){
3262 pPager
->mxPgno
= (Pgno
)nPage
;
3269 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3271 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3272 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3273 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3275 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3276 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3277 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3278 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3280 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3282 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3283 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3284 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3285 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3286 ** other connection.
3288 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager
*pPager
){
3290 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
3291 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
3293 if( !pPager
->tempFile
){
3294 int isWal
; /* True if WAL file exists */
3295 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(
3296 pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zWal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &isWal
3298 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3300 Pgno nPage
; /* Size of the database file */
3302 rc
= pagerPagecount(pPager
, &nPage
);
3305 rc
= sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zWal
, 0);
3307 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 );
3308 rc
= sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager
, 0);
3310 }else if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
){
3311 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
;
3320 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3321 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3322 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3325 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3326 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3327 ** performed in the order specified:
3329 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3330 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3331 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3332 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3334 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3335 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following
3336 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3338 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3339 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3340 ** the journal file.
3342 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3343 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3344 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3345 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3347 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3348 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3350 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3351 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3352 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3353 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3355 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, PagerSavepoint
*pSavepoint
){
3356 i64 szJ
; /* Effective size of the main journal */
3357 i64 iHdrOff
; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3358 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
3359 Bitvec
*pDone
= 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3361 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
3362 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
3364 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3366 pDone
= sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint
->nOrig
);
3368 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
3372 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3373 ** being reverted was opened.
3375 pPager
->dbSize
= pSavepoint
? pSavepoint
->nOrig
: pPager
->dbOrigSize
;
3376 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
;
3378 if( !pSavepoint
&& pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3379 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager
);
3382 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3383 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
3384 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything
3385 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3387 szJ
= pPager
->journalOff
;
3388 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 || szJ
==0 );
3390 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3391 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3392 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3393 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3394 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
3397 if( pSavepoint
&& !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3398 iHdrOff
= pSavepoint
->iHdrOffset
? pSavepoint
->iHdrOffset
: szJ
;
3399 pPager
->journalOff
= pSavepoint
->iOffset
;
3400 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->journalOff
<iHdrOff
){
3401 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
, &pPager
->journalOff
, pDone
, 1, 1);
3403 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3405 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
3408 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3409 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3410 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3411 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3413 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->journalOff
<szJ
){
3414 u32 ii
; /* Loop counter */
3415 u32 nJRec
= 0; /* Number of Journal Records */
3417 rc
= readJournalHdr(pPager
, 0, szJ
, &nJRec
, &dummy
);
3418 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3421 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3422 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
3423 ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3426 && pPager
->journalHdr
+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
)==pPager
->journalOff
3428 nJRec
= (u32
)((szJ
- pPager
->journalOff
)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
));
3430 for(ii
=0; rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& ii
<nJRec
&& pPager
->journalOff
<szJ
; ii
++){
3431 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
, &pPager
->journalOff
, pDone
, 1, 1);
3433 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3435 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| pPager
->journalOff
>=szJ
);
3437 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
3438 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3439 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3442 u32 ii
; /* Loop counter */
3443 i64 offset
= (i64
)pSavepoint
->iSubRec
*(4+pPager
->pageSize
);
3445 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3446 rc
= sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager
->pWal
, pSavepoint
->aWalData
);
3448 for(ii
=pSavepoint
->iSubRec
; rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& ii
<pPager
->nSubRec
; ii
++){
3449 assert( offset
==(i64
)ii
*(4+pPager
->pageSize
) );
3450 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
, &offset
, pDone
, 0, 1);
3452 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3455 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone
);
3456 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3457 pPager
->journalOff
= szJ
;
3464 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3465 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3467 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager
*pPager
, int mxPage
){
3468 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager
->pPCache
, mxPage
);
3472 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3473 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3475 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager
*pPager
, int mxPage
){
3476 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager
->pPCache
, mxPage
);
3480 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3482 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager
*pPager
){
3483 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3484 sqlite3_file
*fd
= pPager
->fd
;
3485 if( isOpen(fd
) && fd
->pMethods
->iVersion
>=3 ){
3487 sz
= pPager
->szMmap
;
3488 pPager
->bUseFetch
= (sz
>0);
3489 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
3490 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE
, &sz
);
3496 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3498 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3_int64 szMmap
){
3499 pPager
->szMmap
= szMmap
;
3500 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
3504 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3506 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager
*pPager
){
3507 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager
->pPCache
);
3511 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3513 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3514 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3515 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3516 ** There are four levels:
3518 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
3519 ** for temporary and transient files.
3521 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3522 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
3523 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3524 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3525 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database
3526 ** when it is rolled back.
3528 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3529 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3530 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two
3531 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a
3532 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3533 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3534 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3536 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3537 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3538 ** journal is unlinked.
3540 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues
3541 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3542 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3543 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3544 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for
3545 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL
3546 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3547 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL
3548 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3550 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The
3551 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3552 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3553 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3554 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the
3555 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3556 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3558 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3561 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3562 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager to set safety level for */
3563 unsigned pgFlags
/* Various flags */
3565 unsigned level
= pgFlags
& PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK
;
3566 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
3568 pPager
->fullSync
= 0;
3569 pPager
->extraSync
= 0;
3571 pPager
->noSync
= level
==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF
?1:0;
3572 pPager
->fullSync
= level
>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL
?1:0;
3573 pPager
->extraSync
= level
==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA
?1:0;
3575 if( pPager
->noSync
){
3576 pPager
->syncFlags
= 0;
3577 }else if( pgFlags
& PAGER_FULLFSYNC
){
3578 pPager
->syncFlags
= SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
;
3580 pPager
->syncFlags
= SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
;
3582 pPager
->walSyncFlags
= (pPager
->syncFlags
<<2);
3583 if( pPager
->fullSync
){
3584 pPager
->walSyncFlags
|= pPager
->syncFlags
;
3586 if( (pgFlags
& PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC
) && !pPager
->noSync
){
3587 pPager
->walSyncFlags
|= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
<<2);
3589 if( pgFlags
& PAGER_CACHESPILL
){
3590 pPager
->doNotSpill
&= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF
;
3592 pPager
->doNotSpill
|= SPILLFLAG_OFF
;
3597 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3598 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
3599 ** testing and analysis only.
3602 int sqlite3_opentemp_count
= 0;
3606 ** Open a temporary file.
3608 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3609 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3610 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3612 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3613 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3615 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3616 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3617 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3618 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3620 static int pagerOpentemp(
3621 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager object */
3622 sqlite3_file
*pFile
, /* Write the file descriptor here */
3623 int vfsFlags
/* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3625 int rc
; /* Return code */
3628 sqlite3_opentemp_count
++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3631 vfsFlags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
| SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
|
3632 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
| SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
;
3633 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pPager
->pVfs
, 0, pFile
, vfsFlags
, 0);
3634 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pFile
) );
3639 ** Set the busy handler function.
3641 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3642 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3643 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3644 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3645 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3646 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3648 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler
3649 ** --------------------------------------------------------
3650 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes
3651 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No
3652 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
3653 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
3655 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3656 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3657 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3659 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3660 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
3661 int (*xBusyHandler
)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3662 void *pBusyHandlerArg
/* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3665 pPager
->xBusyHandler
= xBusyHandler
;
3666 pPager
->pBusyHandlerArg
= pBusyHandlerArg
;
3667 ap
= (void **)&pPager
->xBusyHandler
;
3668 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap
[0]))==xBusyHandler
);
3669 assert( ap
[1]==pBusyHandlerArg
);
3670 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER
, (void *)ap
);
3674 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3675 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3677 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3678 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3679 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3681 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3683 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3684 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3686 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and
3688 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3689 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3691 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3693 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3694 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3695 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3696 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3698 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3699 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3700 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3701 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3703 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager
*pPager
, u32
*pPageSize
, int nReserve
){
3706 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3707 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3708 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3710 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3711 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3712 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3713 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3716 u32 pageSize
= *pPageSize
;
3717 assert( pageSize
==0 || (pageSize
>=512 && pageSize
<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
) );
3718 if( (pPager
->memDb
==0 || pPager
->dbSize
==0)
3719 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0
3720 && pageSize
&& pageSize
!=(u32
)pPager
->pageSize
3722 char *pNew
= NULL
; /* New temp space */
3725 if( pPager
->eState
>PAGER_OPEN
&& isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
3726 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->fd
, &nByte
);
3728 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3729 /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3730 * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3731 pNew
= (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize
+8);
3733 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
3735 memset(pNew
+pageSize
, 0, 8);
3739 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3740 pager_reset(pPager
);
3741 rc
= sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager
->pPCache
, pageSize
);
3743 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3744 sqlite3PageFree(pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
3745 pPager
->pTmpSpace
= pNew
;
3746 pPager
->dbSize
= (Pgno
)((nByte
+pageSize
-1)/pageSize
);
3747 pPager
->pageSize
= pageSize
;
3748 pPager
->lckPgno
= (Pgno
)(PENDING_BYTE
/pageSize
) + 1;
3750 sqlite3PageFree(pNew
);
3754 *pPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
;
3755 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3756 if( nReserve
<0 ) nReserve
= pPager
->nReserve
;
3757 assert( nReserve
>=0 && nReserve
<1000 );
3758 pPager
->nReserve
= (i16
)nReserve
;
3759 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
3765 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3766 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3767 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
3768 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3769 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3770 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3772 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager
*pPager
){
3773 return pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
3777 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3778 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
3779 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3781 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3783 Pgno
sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno mxPage
){
3785 pPager
->mxPgno
= mxPage
;
3787 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3788 /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3789 /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3790 ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3791 ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3792 return pPager
->mxPgno
;
3796 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3797 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
3798 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3800 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3801 ** and generate no code.
3804 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending
;
3805 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit
;
3806 static int saved_cnt
;
3807 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3808 saved_cnt
= sqlite3_io_error_pending
;
3809 sqlite3_io_error_pending
= -1;
3811 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3812 sqlite3_io_error_pending
= saved_cnt
;
3815 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3816 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3820 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3821 ** that pDest points to.
3823 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3824 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3825 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3826 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3827 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3829 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3830 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3831 ** output buffer undefined.
3833 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager
*pPager
, int N
, unsigned char *pDest
){
3835 memset(pDest
, 0, N
);
3836 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->tempFile
);
3838 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3839 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition
3842 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
3844 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
3845 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager
, N
))
3846 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->fd
, pDest
, N
, 0);
3847 if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
3855 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3856 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3858 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3859 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3861 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager
*pPager
, int *pnPage
){
3862 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
3863 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
);
3864 *pnPage
= (int)pPager
->dbSize
;
3869 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3870 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3871 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3873 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3874 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3875 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3876 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3878 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3879 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3880 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3882 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager
*pPager
, int locktype
){
3883 int rc
; /* Return code */
3885 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3886 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3887 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3888 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3890 assert( (pPager
->eLock
>=locktype
)
3891 || (pPager
->eLock
==NO_LOCK
&& locktype
==SHARED_LOCK
)
3892 || (pPager
->eLock
==RESERVED_LOCK
&& locktype
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
)
3896 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, locktype
);
3897 }while( rc
==SQLITE_BUSY
&& pPager
->xBusyHandler(pPager
->pBusyHandlerArg
) );
3902 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3903 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3905 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3906 ** current database image, in pages, OR
3908 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3909 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal.
3911 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3912 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3913 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3914 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3915 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3916 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3917 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3918 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3919 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3920 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3922 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3923 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr
*pPg
){
3924 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
3925 assert( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
);
3926 if( pPg
->pgno
>pPager
->dbSize
){ /* if (a) is false */
3927 Pgno pgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
3929 for(i
=0; i
<pPg
->pPager
->nSavepoint
; i
++){
3930 PagerSavepoint
*p
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[i
];
3931 assert( p
->nOrig
<pgno
|| sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p
->pInSavepoint
,pgno
) );
3935 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager
*pPager
){
3936 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager
->pPCache
, assertTruncateConstraintCb
);
3939 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3943 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3944 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3945 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3946 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3948 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3949 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3950 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3951 ** then continue writing to the database.
3953 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno nPage
){
3954 assert( pPager
->dbSize
>=nPage
|| CORRUPT_DB
);
3955 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
);
3956 pPager
->dbSize
= nPage
;
3958 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3959 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3960 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3961 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3962 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3963 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3964 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3965 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3966 ** is no longer correct. */
3971 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3972 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3973 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3974 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3976 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3977 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3978 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3979 ** content as this process.
3981 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3982 ** an SQLite error code.
3984 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager
*pPager
){
3986 if( !pPager
->noSync
){
3987 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
);
3989 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3990 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &pPager
->journalHdr
);
3995 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3997 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3998 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3999 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4000 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4003 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4004 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4006 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4007 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
4008 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number */
4009 void *pData
, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4010 PgHdr
**ppPage
/* OUT: Acquired page object */
4012 PgHdr
*p
; /* Memory mapped page to return */
4014 if( pPager
->pMmapFreelist
){
4015 *ppPage
= p
= pPager
->pMmapFreelist
;
4016 pPager
->pMmapFreelist
= p
->pDirty
;
4018 assert( pPager
->nExtra
>=8 );
4019 memset(p
->pExtra
, 0, 8);
4021 *ppPage
= p
= (PgHdr
*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr
) + pPager
->nExtra
);
4023 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, (i64
)(pgno
-1) * pPager
->pageSize
, pData
);
4024 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4026 p
->pExtra
= (void *)&p
[1];
4027 p
->flags
= PGHDR_MMAP
;
4032 assert( p
->pExtra
==(void *)&p
[1] );
4033 assert( p
->pPage
==0 );
4034 assert( p
->flags
==PGHDR_MMAP
);
4035 assert( p
->pPager
==pPager
);
4036 assert( p
->nRef
==1 );
4047 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4048 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4050 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
4051 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
4053 pPg
->pDirty
= pPager
->pMmapFreelist
;
4054 pPager
->pMmapFreelist
= pPg
;
4056 assert( pPager
->fd
->pMethods
->iVersion
>=3 );
4057 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, (i64
)(pPg
->pgno
-1)*pPager
->pageSize
, pPg
->pData
);
4061 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4063 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager
*pPager
){
4066 for(p
=pPager
->pMmapFreelist
; p
; p
=pNext
){
4072 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4073 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4074 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4075 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4077 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager
*pPager
){
4081 if( pPager
->tempFile
) return SQLITE_OK
;
4082 if( pPager
->dbSize
==0 ) return SQLITE_OK
;
4083 assert( pPager
->zFilename
&& pPager
->zFilename
[0] );
4084 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED
, &bHasMoved
);
4085 if( rc
==SQLITE_NOTFOUND
){
4086 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4087 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4088 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4090 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bHasMoved
){
4091 rc
= SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED
;
4098 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
4100 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4101 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
4102 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
4103 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4104 ** result in a coredump.
4106 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4107 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4108 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4111 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3
*db
){
4112 u8
*pTmp
= (u8
*)pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
4113 assert( db
|| pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 );
4114 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4115 disable_simulated_io_errors();
4116 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4117 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager
);
4118 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4119 pPager
->exclusiveMode
= 0;
4120 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4123 assert( db
|| pPager
->pWal
==0 );
4124 if( db
&& 0==(db
->flags
& SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose
)
4125 && SQLITE_OK
==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager
)
4129 sqlite3WalClose(pPager
->pWal
, db
, pPager
->walSyncFlags
, pPager
->pageSize
,a
);
4133 pager_reset(pPager
);
4135 pager_unlock(pPager
);
4137 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4138 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4139 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4140 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4142 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4143 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4144 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4145 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4146 ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4148 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
4149 pager_error(pPager
, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager
));
4151 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager
);
4153 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4154 enable_simulated_io_errors();
4155 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
4156 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager
))
4157 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
4158 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->fd
);
4159 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp
);
4160 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager
->pPCache
);
4161 assert( !pPager
->aSavepoint
&& !pPager
->pInJournal
);
4162 assert( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && !isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) );
4164 sqlite3_free(pPager
);
4168 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4170 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4172 Pgno
sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage
*pPg
){
4178 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4180 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage
*pPg
){
4181 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg
);
4185 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4186 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4187 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4189 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4190 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4191 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4193 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4196 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4197 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4198 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4199 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4200 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4202 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4203 ** journal file is synced.
4205 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4207 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4208 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4209 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4210 ** <update nRec field>
4212 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4215 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4216 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4217 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4219 static int syncJournal(Pager
*pPager
, int newHdr
){
4220 int rc
; /* Return code */
4222 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4223 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4225 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4226 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
4228 rc
= sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager
);
4229 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4231 if( !pPager
->noSync
){
4232 assert( !pPager
->tempFile
);
4233 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
){
4234 const int iDc
= sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
);
4235 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
4237 if( 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND
) ){
4238 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4239 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4240 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4241 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4242 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4243 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4244 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4245 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4246 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4247 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4248 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4249 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4251 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4252 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4253 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4255 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4256 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4257 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4258 ** the potential journal header.
4262 u8 zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+4];
4264 memcpy(zHeader
, aJournalMagic
, sizeof(aJournalMagic
));
4265 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)], pPager
->nRec
);
4267 iNextHdrOffset
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
4268 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->jfd
, aMagic
, 8, iNextHdrOffset
);
4269 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& 0==memcmp(aMagic
, aJournalMagic
, 8) ){
4270 static const u8 zerobyte
= 0;
4271 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, &zerobyte
, 1, iNextHdrOffset
);
4273 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
&& rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
4277 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4278 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4279 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4280 ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4282 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4283 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4284 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4285 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4286 ** and never needs to be updated.
4288 if( pPager
->fullSync
&& 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL
) ){
4289 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
4290 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager
))
4291 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->syncFlags
);
4292 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4294 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager
, pPager
->journalHdr
));
4295 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(
4296 pPager
->jfd
, zHeader
, sizeof(zHeader
), pPager
->journalHdr
4298 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4300 if( 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL
) ){
4301 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
4302 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager
))
4303 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->syncFlags
|
4304 (pPager
->syncFlags
==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY
:0)
4306 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4309 pPager
->journalHdr
= pPager
->journalOff
;
4310 if( newHdr
&& 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND
) ){
4312 rc
= writeJournalHdr(pPager
);
4313 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4316 pPager
->journalHdr
= pPager
->journalOff
;
4320 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4321 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4324 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager
->pPCache
);
4325 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
;
4326 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4331 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4332 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4333 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4334 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4337 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4338 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4339 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4340 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4342 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4343 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4346 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4347 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4348 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4350 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4351 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4353 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4354 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4355 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4356 ** the database file.
4358 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4359 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4360 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4362 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager
*pPager
, PgHdr
*pList
){
4363 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
4365 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4366 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
4367 assert( pPager
->tempFile
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
);
4368 assert( pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
4369 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pList
->pDirty
==0 );
4371 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4372 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4373 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4375 if( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
4376 assert( pPager
->tempFile
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
4377 rc
= pagerOpentemp(pPager
, pPager
->fd
, pPager
->vfsFlags
);
4380 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4381 ** file size will be.
4383 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
4385 && pPager
->dbHintSize
<pPager
->dbSize
4386 && (pList
->pDirty
|| pList
->pgno
>pPager
->dbHintSize
)
4388 sqlite3_int64 szFile
= pPager
->pageSize
* (sqlite3_int64
)pPager
->dbSize
;
4389 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
, &szFile
);
4390 pPager
->dbHintSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
4393 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pList
){
4394 Pgno pgno
= pList
->pgno
;
4396 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4397 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4398 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4399 ** any such pages to the file.
4401 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4402 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4404 if( pgno
<=pPager
->dbSize
&& 0==(pList
->flags
&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE
) ){
4405 i64 offset
= (pgno
-1)*(i64
)pPager
->pageSize
; /* Offset to write */
4406 char *pData
; /* Data to write */
4408 assert( (pList
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)==0 );
4409 if( pList
->pgno
==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList
);
4411 pData
= pList
->pData
;
4413 /* Write out the page data. */
4414 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, pData
, pPager
->pageSize
, offset
);
4416 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4417 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4418 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4421 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, &pData
[24], sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
4423 if( pgno
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
4424 pPager
->dbFileSize
= pgno
;
4426 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
]++;
4428 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4429 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, pgno
, (u8
*)pList
->pData
);
4431 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4432 PAGERID(pPager
), pgno
, pager_pagehash(pList
)));
4433 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager
, pgno
));
4434 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count
);
4436 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
), pgno
));
4438 pager_set_pagehash(pList
);
4439 pList
= pList
->pDirty
;
4446 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4447 ** function is a no-op.
4449 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4450 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4453 static int openSubJournal(Pager
*pPager
){
4455 if( !isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
4456 const int flags
= SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL
| SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4457 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
| SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4458 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
;
4459 int nStmtSpill
= sqlite3Config
.nStmtSpill
;
4460 if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| pPager
->subjInMemory
){
4463 rc
= sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager
->pVfs
, 0, pPager
->sjfd
, flags
, nStmtSpill
);
4469 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4471 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4472 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4474 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4475 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4476 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4479 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
4481 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
4482 if( pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
4484 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4485 assert( pPager
->useJournal
);
4486 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) || pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
4487 assert( isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) || pPager
->nSubRec
==0 );
4488 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)
4489 || pageInJournal(pPager
, pPg
)
4490 || pPg
->pgno
>pPager
->dbOrigSize
4492 rc
= openSubJournal(pPager
);
4494 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4495 ** write the journal record into the file. */
4496 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4497 void *pData
= pPg
->pData
;
4498 i64 offset
= (i64
)pPager
->nSubRec
*(4+pPager
->pageSize
);
4501 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
));
4502 rc
= write32bits(pPager
->sjfd
, offset
, pPg
->pgno
);
4503 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4504 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->sjfd
, pData2
, pPager
->pageSize
, offset
+4);
4508 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4510 assert( pPager
->nSavepoint
>0 );
4511 rc
= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager
, pPg
->pgno
);
4515 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr
*pPg
){
4516 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg
) ){
4517 return subjournalPage(pPg
);
4524 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4525 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4526 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4527 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4528 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4529 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4532 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4533 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4536 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4537 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4538 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4539 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4540 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4542 static int pagerStress(void *p
, PgHdr
*pPg
){
4543 Pager
*pPager
= (Pager
*)p
;
4546 assert( pPg
->pPager
==pPager
);
4547 assert( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
);
4549 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4550 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs
4551 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4552 ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4554 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4555 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during
4556 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4558 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4559 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
4560 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4561 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4562 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4563 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4565 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return SQLITE_OK
;
4566 testcase( pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
);
4567 testcase( pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_OFF
);
4568 testcase( pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
);
4569 if( pPager
->doNotSpill
4570 && ((pPager
->doNotSpill
& (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
|SPILLFLAG_OFF
))!=0
4571 || (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)!=0)
4576 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_SPILL
]++;
4578 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
4579 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4580 rc
= subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
);
4581 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4582 rc
= pagerWalFrames(pPager
, pPg
, 0, 0);
4586 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4587 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ){
4588 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
4589 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
4593 /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4594 if( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4595 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4597 rc
= syncJournal(pPager
, 1);
4600 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4601 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4602 assert( (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)==0 );
4603 rc
= pager_write_pagelist(pPager
, pPg
);
4607 /* Mark the page as clean. */
4608 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4609 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
));
4610 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg
);
4613 return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
4617 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4619 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager
*pPager
){
4620 int rc
= pPager
->errCode
;
4622 PgHdr
*pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
4623 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4624 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pList
){
4625 PgHdr
*pNext
= pList
->pDirty
;
4626 if( pList
->nRef
==0 ){
4627 rc
= pagerStress((void*)pPager
, pList
);
4637 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4638 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4639 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4641 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4642 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4643 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4644 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4645 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4646 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4648 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4649 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4650 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the
4651 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4652 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4654 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4655 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4656 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4658 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4659 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4661 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4662 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4663 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4664 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4665 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4666 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4668 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4669 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
, /* The virtual file system to use */
4670 Pager
**ppPager
, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4671 const char *zFilename
, /* Name of the database file to open */
4672 int nExtra
, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4673 int flags
, /* flags controlling this file */
4674 int vfsFlags
, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4675 void (*xReinit
)(DbPage
*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4678 Pager
*pPager
= 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4679 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
4680 int tempFile
= 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4681 int memDb
= 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4682 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE
4683 int memJM
= 0; /* Memory journal mode */
4687 int readOnly
= 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */
4688 int journalFileSize
; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4689 char *zPathname
= 0; /* Full path to database file */
4690 int nPathname
= 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4691 int useJournal
= (flags
& PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL
)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4692 int pcacheSize
= sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4693 u32 szPageDflt
= SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
; /* Default page size */
4694 const char *zUri
= 0; /* URI args to copy */
4695 int nUriByte
= 1; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4697 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4698 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */
4699 journalFileSize
= ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs
));
4701 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4704 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4705 if( flags
& PAGER_MEMORY
){
4707 if( zFilename
&& zFilename
[0] ){
4708 zPathname
= sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename
);
4709 if( zPathname
==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4710 nPathname
= sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname
);
4716 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4717 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4718 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4720 if( zFilename
&& zFilename
[0] ){
4722 nPathname
= pVfs
->mxPathname
+1;
4723 zPathname
= sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname
*2);
4725 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4727 zPathname
[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4728 rc
= sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs
, zFilename
, nPathname
, zPathname
);
4729 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
4730 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK
){
4731 if( vfsFlags
& SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW
){
4732 rc
= SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK
;
4738 nPathname
= sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname
);
4739 z
= zUri
= &zFilename
[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename
)+1];
4744 nUriByte
= (int)(&z
[1] - zUri
);
4745 assert( nUriByte
>=1 );
4746 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& nPathname
+8>pVfs
->mxPathname
){
4747 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4748 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4749 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4750 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4751 ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4753 rc
= SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT
;
4755 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
4756 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname
);
4761 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4762 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4763 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4765 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4766 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4767 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4768 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4769 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4770 ** Ptr back to the Pager (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
4771 ** \0\0\0\0 database prefix (4 bytes)
4772 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
4773 ** URI query parameters (nUriByte bytes)
4774 ** Journal filename (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4775 ** WAL filename (nPathname+4+1 bytes)
4776 ** \0\0\0 terminator (3 bytes)
4778 ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on
4779 ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them
4780 ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL
4781 ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API. This is a
4782 ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party
4783 ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename
4784 ** order and formatting if possible. In particular, the details of the
4785 ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows:
4787 ** - Main Database Path
4789 ** - Multiple URI components consisting of:
4797 ** - WAL Path (zWALName)
4800 ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
4801 ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
4802 ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
4803 ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
4805 pPtr
= (u8
*)sqlite3MallocZero(
4806 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager
)) + /* Pager structure */
4807 ROUND8(pcacheSize
) + /* PCache object */
4808 ROUND8(pVfs
->szOsFile
) + /* The main db file */
4809 journalFileSize
* 2 + /* The two journal files */
4810 sizeof(pPager
) + /* Space to hold a pointer */
4811 4 + /* Database prefix */
4812 nPathname
+ 1 + /* database filename */
4813 nUriByte
+ /* query parameters */
4814 nPathname
+ 8 + 1 + /* Journal filename */
4815 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4816 nPathname
+ 4 + 1 + /* WAL filename */
4820 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize
)) );
4822 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname
);
4823 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4825 pPager
= (Pager
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager
));
4826 pPager
->pPCache
= (PCache
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= ROUND8(pcacheSize
);
4827 pPager
->fd
= (sqlite3_file
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= ROUND8(pVfs
->szOsFile
);
4828 pPager
->sjfd
= (sqlite3_file
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= journalFileSize
;
4829 pPager
->jfd
= (sqlite3_file
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= journalFileSize
;
4830 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager
->jfd
) );
4831 memcpy(pPtr
, &pPager
, sizeof(pPager
)); pPtr
+= sizeof(pPager
);
4833 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
4834 pPtr
+= 4; /* Skip zero prefix */
4835 pPager
->zFilename
= (char*)pPtr
;
4837 memcpy(pPtr
, zPathname
, nPathname
); pPtr
+= nPathname
+ 1;
4839 memcpy(pPtr
, zUri
, nUriByte
); pPtr
+= nUriByte
;
4846 /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */
4848 pPager
->zJournal
= (char*)pPtr
;
4849 memcpy(pPtr
, zPathname
, nPathname
); pPtr
+= nPathname
;
4850 memcpy(pPtr
, "-journal",8); pPtr
+= 8 + 1;
4851 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4852 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename
,pPager
->zJournal
);
4853 pPtr
= (u8
*)(pPager
->zJournal
+ sqlite3Strlen30(pPager
->zJournal
)+1);
4856 pPager
->zJournal
= 0;
4859 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4860 /* Fill in Pager.zWal */
4862 pPager
->zWal
= (char*)pPtr
;
4863 memcpy(pPtr
, zPathname
, nPathname
); pPtr
+= nPathname
;
4864 memcpy(pPtr
, "-wal", 4); pPtr
+= 4 + 1;
4865 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4866 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename
, pPager
->zWal
);
4867 pPtr
= (u8
*)(pPager
->zWal
+ sqlite3Strlen30(pPager
->zWal
)+1);
4873 (void)pPtr
; /* Suppress warning about unused pPtr value */
4875 if( nPathname
) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname
);
4876 pPager
->pVfs
= pVfs
;
4877 pPager
->vfsFlags
= vfsFlags
;
4879 /* Open the pager file.
4881 if( zFilename
&& zFilename
[0] ){
4882 int fout
= 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4883 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, pPager
->zFilename
, pPager
->fd
, vfsFlags
, &fout
);
4885 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE
4886 pPager
->memVfs
= memJM
= (fout
&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY
)!=0;
4888 readOnly
= (fout
&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
)!=0;
4890 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4891 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4892 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4894 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4895 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4896 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4898 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4899 int iDc
= sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
);
4901 setSectorSize(pPager
);
4902 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
);
4903 if( szPageDflt
<pPager
->sectorSize
){
4904 if( pPager
->sectorSize
>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
){
4905 szPageDflt
= SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
;
4907 szPageDflt
= (u32
)pPager
->sectorSize
;
4910 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4913 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512
==(512>>8));
4914 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K
==(65536>>8));
4915 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
<=65536);
4916 for(ii
=szPageDflt
; ii
<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
; ii
=ii
*2){
4917 if( iDc
&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC
|(ii
>>8)) ){
4924 pPager
->noLock
= sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager
->zFilename
, "nolock", 0);
4925 if( (iDc
& SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE
)!=0
4926 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager
->zFilename
, "immutable", 0) ){
4927 vfsFlags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
;
4928 goto act_like_temp_file
;
4932 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4933 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4934 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4936 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4937 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4938 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4940 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4944 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
; /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4945 pPager
->eLock
= EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4946 pPager
->noLock
= 1; /* Do no locking */
4947 readOnly
= (vfsFlags
&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
);
4950 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4951 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4953 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4954 assert( pPager
->memDb
==0 );
4955 rc
= sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager
, &szPageDflt
, -1);
4956 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
4959 /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4960 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4961 nExtra
= ROUND8(nExtra
);
4962 assert( nExtra
>=8 && nExtra
<1000 );
4963 rc
= sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt
, nExtra
, !memDb
,
4964 !memDb
?pagerStress
:0, (void *)pPager
, pPager
->pPCache
);
4967 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file.
4969 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
4970 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->fd
);
4971 sqlite3PageFree(pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
4972 sqlite3_free(pPager
);
4976 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager
->fd
), pPager
->zFilename
));
4977 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager
, pPager
->zFilename
))
4979 pPager
->useJournal
= (u8
)useJournal
;
4980 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4981 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4982 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4983 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4984 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4985 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4986 pPager
->mxPgno
= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
;
4987 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4988 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4989 pPager
->tempFile
= (u8
)tempFile
;
4990 assert( tempFile
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4991 || tempFile
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
);
4992 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
==1 );
4993 pPager
->exclusiveMode
= (u8
)tempFile
;
4994 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
;
4995 pPager
->memDb
= (u8
)memDb
;
4996 pPager
->readOnly
= (u8
)readOnly
;
4997 assert( useJournal
|| pPager
->tempFile
);
4998 sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pPager
, (SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS
+1)|PAGER_CACHESPILL
);
4999 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
5000 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
5001 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
5002 pPager
->nExtra
= (u16
)nExtra
;
5003 pPager
->journalSizeLimit
= SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
;
5004 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || tempFile
);
5005 setSectorSize(pPager
);
5007 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
;
5008 }else if( memDb
|| memJM
){
5009 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
;
5011 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5012 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5013 pPager
->xReiniter
= xReinit
;
5014 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
5015 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5016 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5023 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
5024 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into
5027 sqlite3_file
*sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName
){
5029 while( zName
[-1]!=0 || zName
[-2]!=0 || zName
[-3]!=0 || zName
[-4]!=0 ){
5032 pPager
= *(Pager
**)(zName
- 4 - sizeof(Pager
*));
5038 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5039 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5040 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5041 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5042 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5044 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5045 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5046 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5047 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5049 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5050 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5051 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5052 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5055 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
5056 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
5057 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5058 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5059 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5060 ** will not roll it back.
5062 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5063 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5064 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5065 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5066 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5068 static int hasHotJournal(Pager
*pPager
, int *pExists
){
5069 sqlite3_vfs
* const pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
5070 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
5071 int exists
= 1; /* True if a journal file is present */
5072 int jrnlOpen
= !!isOpen(pPager
->jfd
);
5074 assert( pPager
->useJournal
);
5075 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
5076 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
5078 assert( jrnlOpen
==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->jfd
) &
5079 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5084 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &exists
);
5086 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& exists
){
5087 int locked
= 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5089 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
5090 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5091 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5092 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
5093 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5094 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will
5095 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883.
5097 rc
= sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager
->fd
, &locked
);
5098 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !locked
){
5099 Pgno nPage
; /* Number of pages in database file */
5101 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
5102 rc
= pagerPagecount(pPager
, &nPage
);
5103 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5104 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5105 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5106 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5107 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5108 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care
5109 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5110 ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5112 if( nPage
==0 && !jrnlOpen
){
5113 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5114 if( pagerLockDb(pPager
, RESERVED_LOCK
)==SQLITE_OK
){
5115 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, 0);
5116 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
) pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
5118 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5120 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5121 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5122 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5123 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5124 ** it can be ignored.
5127 int f
= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
;
5128 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->jfd
, f
, &f
);
5130 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5132 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->jfd
, (void *)&first
, 1, 0);
5133 if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
5137 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
5139 *pExists
= (first
!=0);
5140 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
){
5141 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5142 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5143 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5144 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5145 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the
5146 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5147 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5148 ** worry so much with race conditions.
5162 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5163 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5164 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5165 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5167 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5169 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5170 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5171 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5172 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5173 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5174 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5175 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5176 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5178 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5179 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5180 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5181 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5184 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5185 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5186 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5188 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager
*pPager
){
5189 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
5191 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5192 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5193 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5194 ** exclusive access mode. */
5195 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 );
5196 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5197 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
5198 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
5200 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
){
5201 int bHotJournal
= 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5204 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 || pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5206 rc
= pager_wait_on_lock(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
5207 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5208 assert( pPager
->eLock
==NO_LOCK
|| pPager
->eLock
==UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
5212 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5213 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5215 if( pPager
->eLock
<=SHARED_LOCK
){
5216 rc
= hasHotJournal(pPager
, &bHotJournal
);
5218 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5222 if( pPager
->readOnly
){
5223 rc
= SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK
;
5227 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5228 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5229 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5230 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5231 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5232 ** hot-journal back.
5234 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5235 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5236 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5237 ** on the database file.
5239 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5240 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5242 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5243 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5247 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5248 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5249 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5250 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5251 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5252 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5254 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5255 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5256 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5257 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5258 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5260 if( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
5261 sqlite3_vfs
* const pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
5262 int bExists
; /* True if journal file exists */
5263 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(
5264 pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &bExists
);
5265 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bExists
){
5267 int f
= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
;
5268 assert( !pPager
->tempFile
);
5269 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->jfd
, f
, &fout
);
5270 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
5271 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& fout
&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
){
5272 rc
= SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT
;
5273 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
5278 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
5279 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5280 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5281 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing
5282 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5283 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5284 ** the journal before playing it back.
5286 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
5287 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5288 rc
= pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager
);
5289 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5290 rc
= pager_playback(pPager
, !pPager
->tempFile
);
5291 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
5293 }else if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
5294 pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
5297 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5298 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5299 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5300 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5301 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5302 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5303 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5305 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5306 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5307 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5308 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5309 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5310 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5311 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5314 pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
5318 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
5319 assert( (pPager
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
)
5320 || (pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& pPager
->eLock
>SHARED_LOCK
)
5324 if( !pPager
->tempFile
&& pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
){
5325 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5326 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed,
5327 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5328 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5329 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5331 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5332 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5333 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
5334 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5335 ** a codec is in use.
5337 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5338 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5339 ** it can be neglected.
5341 char dbFileVers
[sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
)];
5343 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager
, sizeof(dbFileVers
)));
5344 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->fd
, &dbFileVers
, sizeof(dbFileVers
), 24);
5345 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5346 if( rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
5349 memset(dbFileVers
, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers
));
5352 if( memcmp(pPager
->dbFileVers
, dbFileVers
, sizeof(dbFileVers
))!=0 ){
5353 pager_reset(pPager
);
5355 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5356 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5357 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5358 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5359 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5360 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5361 if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ){
5362 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, 0, 0);
5367 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5368 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5370 rc
= pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager
);
5371 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5372 assert( pPager
->pWal
==0 || rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5376 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
5377 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5378 rc
= pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager
);
5381 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 && pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5382 rc
= pagerPagecount(pPager
, &pPager
->dbSize
);
5386 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5388 pager_unlock(pPager
);
5389 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
5391 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
;
5392 pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
= 1;
5398 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5399 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5401 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5402 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5403 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5405 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager
*pPager
){
5406 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 ){
5407 assert( pPager
->nMmapOut
==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5408 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager
);
5413 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5414 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5415 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5417 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5418 ** on the current state of the pager.
5420 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter
5421 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state
5422 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5424 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5425 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5426 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5427 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5428 ** object with no outstanding references.
5430 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5431 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5432 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5433 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5435 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5436 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5437 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5438 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5439 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5441 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5442 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5444 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5446 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5447 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5448 ** from the savepoint journal.
5450 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5451 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5452 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5453 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5454 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5455 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5456 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5458 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
5459 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5461 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5462 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
5463 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5464 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5465 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5466 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5467 ** or journal files.
5469 static int getPageNormal(
5470 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5471 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5472 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5473 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5477 u8 noContent
; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5478 sqlite3_pcache_page
*pBase
;
5480 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
5481 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
5482 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5483 assert( pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
==1 );
5485 if( pgno
==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
5486 pBase
= sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, 3);
5489 rc
= sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, &pBase
);
5490 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto pager_acquire_err
;
5492 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
5493 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5496 pPg
= *ppPage
= sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, pBase
);
5497 assert( pPg
==(*ppPage
) );
5498 assert( pPg
->pgno
==pgno
);
5499 assert( pPg
->pPager
==pPager
|| pPg
->pPager
==0 );
5501 noContent
= (flags
& PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT
)!=0;
5502 if( pPg
->pPager
&& !noContent
){
5503 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5504 ** the page. Return without further ado. */
5505 assert( pgno
!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) );
5506 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_HIT
]++;
5510 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5511 ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5513 ** (*) obsolete. Was: maximum page number is 2^31
5514 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5516 if( pgno
==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) ){
5517 rc
= SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
5518 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5521 pPg
->pPager
= pPager
;
5523 assert( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || !MEMDB
);
5524 if( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->dbSize
<pgno
|| noContent
){
5525 if( pgno
>pPager
->mxPgno
){
5527 if( pgno
<=pPager
->dbSize
){
5528 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
5531 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5534 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5535 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5536 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
5537 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5538 ** a bit in a bit vector.
5540 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5541 if( pgno
<=pPager
->dbOrigSize
){
5542 TESTONLY( rc
= ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager
->pInJournal
, pgno
);
5543 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5545 TESTONLY( rc
= ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager
, pgno
);
5546 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5547 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5549 memset(pPg
->pData
, 0, pPager
->pageSize
);
5550 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager
, pgno
));
5552 assert( pPg
->pPager
==pPager
);
5553 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_MISS
]++;
5554 rc
= readDbPage(pPg
);
5555 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5556 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5559 pager_set_pagehash(pPg
);
5564 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
5566 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg
);
5568 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager
);
5573 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5574 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5575 static int getPageMMap(
5576 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5577 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5578 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5579 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5583 u32 iFrame
= 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5585 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5586 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5587 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5588 ** temporary or in-memory database. */
5589 const int bMmapOk
= (pgno
>1
5590 && (pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
|| (flags
& PAGER_GET_READONLY
))
5593 assert( USEFETCH(pPager
) );
5595 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5596 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5597 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5598 ** common case where pgno is large. */
5599 if( pgno
<=1 && pgno
==0 ){
5600 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
5602 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
5603 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5604 assert( pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
==1 );
5605 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
5607 if( bMmapOk
&& pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
5608 rc
= sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager
->pWal
, pgno
, &iFrame
);
5609 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5614 if( bMmapOk
&& iFrame
==0 ){
5616 rc
= sqlite3OsFetch(pPager
->fd
,
5617 (i64
)(pgno
-1) * pPager
->pageSize
, pPager
->pageSize
, &pData
5619 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pData
){
5620 if( pPager
->eState
>PAGER_READER
|| pPager
->tempFile
){
5621 pPg
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pgno
);
5624 rc
= pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager
, pgno
, pData
, &pPg
);
5626 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, (i64
)(pgno
-1)*pPager
->pageSize
, pData
);
5629 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5634 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5639 return getPageNormal(pPager
, pgno
, ppPage
, flags
);
5641 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5643 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5644 static int getPageError(
5645 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5646 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5647 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5648 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5650 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno
);
5651 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags
);
5652 assert( pPager
->errCode
!=SQLITE_OK
);
5654 return pPager
->errCode
;
5658 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5660 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5661 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5662 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5663 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5664 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5666 /* printf("PAGE %u\n", pgno); fflush(stdout); */
5667 return pPager
->xGet(pPager
, pgno
, ppPage
, flags
);
5671 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
5672 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
5673 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5675 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
5676 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5677 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
5678 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5679 ** has ever happened.
5681 DbPage
*sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno pgno
){
5682 sqlite3_pcache_page
*pPage
;
5683 assert( pPager
!=0 );
5685 assert( pPager
->pPCache
!=0 );
5686 pPage
= sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, 0);
5687 assert( pPage
==0 || pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
);
5688 if( pPage
==0 ) return 0;
5689 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, pPage
);
5693 ** Release a page reference.
5695 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be used
5696 ** if we know that the page being released is not the last reference to page1.
5697 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5698 ** two routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5699 ** The assert() at tag-20230419-2 proves that this constraint is always
5702 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine
5703 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5704 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5706 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage
*pPg
){
5707 TESTONLY( Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
; )
5709 if( pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_MMAP
){
5710 assert( pPg
->pgno
!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5711 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg
);
5713 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
5715 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5716 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)>0 ); /* tag-20230419-2 */
5718 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage
*pPg
){
5719 if( pPg
) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg
);
5721 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage
*pPg
){
5724 assert( pPg
->pgno
==1 );
5725 assert( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_MMAP
)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5726 pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
5727 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
5728 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager
);
5732 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5733 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5734 ** file when this routine is called.
5736 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5737 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5738 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5739 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5740 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5742 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5743 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5744 ** already open file.
5746 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5747 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5749 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5750 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5751 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5753 static int pager_open_journal(Pager
*pPager
){
5754 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
5755 sqlite3_vfs
* const pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5757 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
5758 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5759 assert( pPager
->pInJournal
==0 );
5761 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
5762 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5763 ** an error state. */
5764 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return pPager
->errCode
;
5766 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
5767 pPager
->pInJournal
= sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager
->dbSize
);
5768 if( pPager
->pInJournal
==0 ){
5769 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
5772 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5773 if( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
5774 if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
){
5775 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager
->jfd
);
5777 int flags
= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
;
5780 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
5781 flags
|= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
);
5782 flags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
;
5783 nSpill
= sqlite3Config
.nStmtSpill
;
5785 flags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
;
5786 nSpill
= jrnlBufferSize(pPager
);
5789 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5790 ** it was originally opened. */
5791 rc
= databaseIsUnmoved(pPager
);
5792 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5793 rc
= sqlite3JournalOpen (
5794 pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->jfd
, flags
, nSpill
5798 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
5802 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5803 ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5805 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5806 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5808 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
5809 pPager
->setSuper
= 0;
5810 pPager
->journalHdr
= 0;
5811 rc
= writeJournalHdr(pPager
);
5815 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5816 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->pInJournal
);
5817 pPager
->pInJournal
= 0;
5818 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
5820 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
5821 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
;
5828 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5829 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5831 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5832 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5833 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5834 ** functions need be called.
5836 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5837 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5838 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5839 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5840 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5841 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5842 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5844 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager
*pPager
, int exFlag
, int subjInMemory
){
5847 if( pPager
->errCode
) return pPager
->errCode
;
5848 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
&& pPager
->eState
<PAGER_ERROR
);
5849 pPager
->subjInMemory
= (u8
)subjInMemory
;
5851 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
){
5852 assert( pPager
->pInJournal
==0 );
5854 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
5855 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5856 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5858 if( pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager
->pWal
, -1) ){
5859 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5860 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5863 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager
->pWal
, 1);
5866 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5867 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5868 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5869 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5871 rc
= sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
5873 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5874 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5875 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5876 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5878 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, RESERVED_LOCK
);
5879 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& exFlag
){
5880 rc
= pager_wait_on_lock(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5884 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5885 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5887 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5888 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5889 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5890 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5891 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5894 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
;
5895 pPager
->dbHintSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
5896 pPager
->dbFileSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
5897 pPager
->dbOrigSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
5898 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
5901 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
5902 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
5903 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5906 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
5911 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5913 static SQLITE_NOINLINE
int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr
*pPg
){
5914 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
5918 i64 iOff
= pPager
->journalOff
;
5920 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5921 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
5922 ** that we do not. */
5923 assert( pPg
->pgno
!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) );
5925 assert( pPager
->journalHdr
<=pPager
->journalOff
);
5926 pData2
= pPg
->pData
;
5927 cksum
= pager_cksum(pPager
, (u8
*)pData2
);
5929 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5930 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5931 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5932 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5933 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5934 ** then corruption may follow.
5936 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
5938 rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iOff
, pPg
->pgno
);
5939 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5940 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, pData2
, pPager
->pageSize
, iOff
+4);
5941 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5942 rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iOff
+pPager
->pageSize
+4, cksum
);
5943 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5945 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
,
5946 pPager
->journalOff
, pPager
->pageSize
));
5947 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count
);
5948 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5949 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
,
5950 ((pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg
)));
5952 pPager
->journalOff
+= 8 + pPager
->pageSize
;
5954 assert( pPager
->pInJournal
!=0 );
5955 rc
= sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager
->pInJournal
, pPg
->pgno
);
5956 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5957 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5958 rc
|= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager
, pPg
->pgno
);
5959 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5964 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5965 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5966 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5967 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5968 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5970 static int pager_write(PgHdr
*pPg
){
5971 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
5974 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5975 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5976 ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5978 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5979 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5980 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5982 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5983 assert( pPager
->errCode
==0 );
5984 assert( pPager
->readOnly
==0 );
5987 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5988 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5989 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5991 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5992 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5993 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5994 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5996 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
5997 rc
= pager_open_journal(pPager
);
5998 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
6000 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
);
6001 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6003 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
6004 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg
);
6006 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
6007 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
6008 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
6010 assert( (pPager
->pInJournal
!=0) == isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
6011 if( pPager
->pInJournal
!=0
6012 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager
->pInJournal
, pPg
->pgno
)==0
6014 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 );
6015 if( pPg
->pgno
<=pPager
->dbOrigSize
){
6016 rc
= pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg
);
6017 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
6021 if( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
){
6022 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
6024 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6025 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
,
6026 ((pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)?1:0)));
6030 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6031 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now,
6032 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6033 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6035 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_WRITEABLE
;
6037 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6038 ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6040 if( pPager
->nSavepoint
>0 ){
6041 rc
= subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
);
6044 /* Update the database size and return. */
6045 if( pPager
->dbSize
<pPg
->pgno
){
6046 pPager
->dbSize
= pPg
->pgno
;
6052 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6053 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6054 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of
6055 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6058 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6059 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the
6060 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6062 static SQLITE_NOINLINE
int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6063 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6064 Pgno nPageCount
; /* Total number of pages in database file */
6065 Pgno pg1
; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6066 int nPage
= 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6067 int ii
; /* Loop counter */
6068 int needSync
= 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6069 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6070 Pgno nPagePerSector
= (pPager
->sectorSize
/pPager
->pageSize
);
6072 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6073 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6077 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
)==0 );
6078 pPager
->doNotSpill
|= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
;
6080 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6081 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6082 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6084 pg1
= ((pPg
->pgno
-1) & ~(nPagePerSector
-1)) + 1;
6086 nPageCount
= pPager
->dbSize
;
6087 if( pPg
->pgno
>nPageCount
){
6088 nPage
= (pPg
->pgno
- pg1
)+1;
6089 }else if( (pg1
+nPagePerSector
-1)>nPageCount
){
6090 nPage
= nPageCount
+1-pg1
;
6092 nPage
= nPagePerSector
;
6095 assert(pg1
<=pPg
->pgno
);
6096 assert((pg1
+nPage
)>pPg
->pgno
);
6098 for(ii
=0; ii
<nPage
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
; ii
++){
6101 if( pg
==pPg
->pgno
|| !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager
->pInJournal
, pg
) ){
6102 if( pg
!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) ){
6103 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, pg
, &pPage
, 0);
6104 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6105 rc
= pager_write(pPage
);
6106 if( pPage
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
){
6109 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage
);
6112 }else if( (pPage
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pg
))!=0 ){
6113 if( pPage
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
){
6116 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage
);
6120 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6121 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6122 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6123 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6124 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6126 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& needSync
){
6128 for(ii
=0; ii
<nPage
; ii
++){
6129 PgHdr
*pPage
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pg1
+ii
);
6131 pPage
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
6132 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage
);
6137 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
)!=0 );
6138 pPager
->doNotSpill
&= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
;
6143 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6144 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6145 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6146 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6148 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6149 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6150 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6151 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6153 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6154 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6156 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6157 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
6158 assert( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_MMAP
)==0 );
6159 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
6160 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6161 if( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_WRITEABLE
)!=0 && pPager
->dbSize
>=pPg
->pgno
){
6162 if( pPager
->nSavepoint
) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
);
6164 }else if( pPager
->errCode
){
6165 return pPager
->errCode
;
6166 }else if( pPager
->sectorSize
> (u32
)pPager
->pageSize
){
6167 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
6168 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg
);
6170 return pager_write(pPg
);
6175 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6176 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6177 ** to change the content of the page.
6180 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage
*pPg
){
6181 return pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_WRITEABLE
;
6186 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6187 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6188 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when
6189 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6190 ** content no longer matters.
6192 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6193 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6194 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6196 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6197 ** DELETE operations.
6199 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6200 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6201 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6202 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6203 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6205 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6206 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
6207 if( !pPager
->tempFile
&& (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
) && pPager
->nSavepoint
==0 ){
6208 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg
->pgno
, PAGERID(pPager
)));
6209 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
))
6210 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE
;
6211 pPg
->flags
&= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE
;
6212 testcase( pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
);
6213 pager_set_pagehash(pPg
);
6218 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6219 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6220 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
6221 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6223 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6224 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6225 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6226 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6228 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6229 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6230 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6231 ** transaction is committed.
6233 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6234 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6235 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6236 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6237 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6239 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager
*pPager
, int isDirectMode
){
6242 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6243 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6245 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6247 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6248 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6249 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6250 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6252 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6253 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6254 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6255 ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6257 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6258 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6259 assert( isDirectMode
==0 );
6260 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode
);
6262 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6265 if( !pPager
->changeCountDone
&& pPager
->dbSize
>0 ){
6266 PgHdr
*pPgHdr
; /* Reference to page 1 */
6268 assert( !pPager
->tempFile
&& isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
6270 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6271 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, 1, &pPgHdr
, 0);
6272 assert( pPgHdr
==0 || rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
6274 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6275 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
6276 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6277 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6279 if( !DIRECT_MODE
&& ALWAYS(rc
==SQLITE_OK
) ){
6280 rc
= sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr
);
6283 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6284 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6285 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr
);
6287 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6290 assert( pPager
->dbFileSize
>0 );
6291 zBuf
= pPgHdr
->pData
;
6292 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6293 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, zBuf
, pPager
->pageSize
, 0);
6294 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
]++;
6296 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6297 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6298 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6299 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */
6300 const void *pCopy
= (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf
)[24];
6301 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, pCopy
, sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
6302 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 1;
6305 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 1;
6309 /* Release the page reference. */
6310 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr
);
6316 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6317 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6319 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6320 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6322 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager
*pPager
, const char *zSuper
){
6324 void *pArg
= (void*)zSuper
;
6325 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC
, pArg
);
6326 if( rc
==SQLITE_NOTFOUND
) rc
= SQLITE_OK
;
6327 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !pPager
->noSync
){
6329 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->fd
, pPager
->syncFlags
);
6335 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6336 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6337 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6338 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6340 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6341 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6342 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6345 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager
*pPager
){
6346 int rc
= pPager
->errCode
;
6347 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6348 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6349 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6350 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6351 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6353 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6354 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6355 rc
= pager_wait_on_lock(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
6362 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
6363 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
6364 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
6365 ** super-journal (a single database transaction).
6367 ** This routine ensures that:
6369 ** * The database file change-counter is updated,
6370 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6371 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6372 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6373 ** * the database file synced.
6375 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6376 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6377 ** delete the super-journal file if specified).
6379 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6380 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6382 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6383 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6384 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6385 ** journal file in this case.
6387 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6388 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
6389 const char *zSuper
, /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */
6390 int noSync
/* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6392 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6394 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6395 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6396 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6397 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
6399 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6401 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6402 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return pPager
->errCode
;
6404 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6405 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR
;
6407 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n",
6408 pPager
->zFilename
, zSuper
, pPager
->dbSize
));
6410 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6411 if( pPager
->eState
<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
) return SQLITE_OK
;
6413 assert( MEMDB
==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
6414 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->tempFile
);
6415 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager
, 1) ){
6416 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6417 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any
6418 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */
6419 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager
->pBackup
);
6422 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6423 PgHdr
*pPageOne
= 0;
6424 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
6426 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6427 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6428 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, 1, &pPageOne
, 0);
6432 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
6433 if( ALWAYS(pList
) ){
6434 rc
= pagerWalFrames(pPager
, pList
, pPager
->dbSize
, 1);
6436 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne
);
6437 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6438 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager
->pPCache
);
6441 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6442 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6445 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6446 sqlite3_file
*fd
= pPager
->fd
;
6447 int bBatch
= zSuper
==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6448 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd
) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
6450 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
);
6455 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6456 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6457 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6458 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6459 ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6461 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6462 ** blocks of size page-size, and
6463 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6464 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6466 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6467 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6468 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6469 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6470 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6471 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6474 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6475 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6476 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6477 ** created for this transaction.
6481 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
6482 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6483 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6485 if( !zSuper
&& isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
6486 && pPager
->journalOff
==jrnlBufferSize(pPager
)
6487 && pPager
->dbSize
>=pPager
->dbOrigSize
6488 && (!(pPg
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
)) || 0==pPg
->pDirty
)
6490 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6491 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6492 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6493 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6494 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6496 rc
= pager_incr_changecounter(pPager
, 1);
6498 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
6499 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6500 rc
= pager_incr_changecounter(pPager
, 0);
6504 #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6505 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6507 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
6508 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6509 assert( bBatch
==0 );
6512 rc
= pager_incr_changecounter(pPager
, 0);
6513 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6514 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6516 /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
6517 ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6518 ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
6520 rc
= writeSuperJournal(pPager
, zSuper
);
6521 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6523 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6524 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6525 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6527 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6528 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6529 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6530 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6531 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6532 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6534 rc
= syncJournal(pPager
, 0);
6535 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6537 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
6538 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6540 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE
, 0);
6541 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6542 rc
= pager_write_pagelist(pPager
, pList
);
6543 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6544 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE
, 0);
6546 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
6547 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE
, 0);
6551 if( (rc
&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
&& rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM
){
6552 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
6553 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
6554 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
6555 goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6559 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
6562 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6565 rc
= pager_write_pagelist(pPager
, pList
);
6567 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
6568 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED
);
6569 goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6571 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager
->pPCache
);
6573 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6574 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6575 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6576 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6577 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6578 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */
6579 if( pPager
->dbSize
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
6580 Pgno nNew
= pPager
->dbSize
- (pPager
->dbSize
==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
));
6581 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
);
6582 rc
= pager_truncate(pPager
, nNew
);
6583 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6586 /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6588 rc
= sqlite3PagerSync(pPager
, zSuper
);
6590 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager
))
6594 commit_phase_one_exit
:
6595 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6596 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
;
6603 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6604 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6605 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6606 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6607 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6609 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6610 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6611 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6612 ** irrevocably committed.
6614 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6615 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6617 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager
*pPager
){
6618 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6620 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6621 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6622 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6623 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return pPager
->errCode
;
6624 pPager
->iDataVersion
++;
6626 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6627 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6628 || (pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
)
6630 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6632 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6633 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6634 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6636 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6637 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6638 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6639 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6640 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6641 ** to drop any locks either.
6643 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6644 && pPager
->exclusiveMode
6645 && pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6647 assert( pPager
->journalOff
==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) || !pPager
->journalOff
);
6648 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
;
6652 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
6653 rc
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, pPager
->setSuper
, 1);
6654 return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
6658 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6659 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6660 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6661 ** state if an error occurs.
6663 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6664 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6666 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6668 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6669 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6672 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6673 ** rollback at any point in the future.
6675 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6676 ** rollback is successful.
6678 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6679 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6680 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6681 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6683 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager
*pPager
){
6684 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6685 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
6687 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6688 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6689 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6691 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6692 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
) return pPager
->errCode
;
6693 if( pPager
->eState
<=PAGER_READER
) return SQLITE_OK
;
6695 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6697 rc
= sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager
, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
, -1);
6698 rc2
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, pPager
->setSuper
, 0);
6699 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
) rc
= rc2
;
6700 }else if( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
6701 int eState
= pPager
->eState
;
6702 rc
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, 0, 0);
6703 if( !MEMDB
&& eState
>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
6704 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6705 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6706 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6708 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_ABORT
;
6709 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_ERROR
;
6710 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
6714 rc
= pager_playback(pPager
, 0);
6717 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
|| rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
6718 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_FULL
|| rc
==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6719 || rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
|| (rc
&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6720 || rc
==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6723 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6724 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6726 return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
6730 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
6731 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6733 u8
sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager
*pPager
){
6734 return pPager
->readOnly
;
6739 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6741 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager
*pPager
){
6742 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
);
6747 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6748 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6750 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager
*pPager
){
6751 int perPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
+ pPager
->nExtra
6752 + (int)(sizeof(PgHdr
) + 5*sizeof(void*));
6753 return perPageSize
*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager
->pPCache
)
6754 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager
)
6759 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6761 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage
*pPage
){
6762 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage
);
6767 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6769 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager
*pPager
){
6771 a
[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
);
6772 a
[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager
->pPCache
);
6773 a
[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager
->pPCache
);
6774 a
[3] = pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
? -1 : (int) pPager
->dbSize
;
6775 a
[4] = pPager
->eState
;
6776 a
[5] = pPager
->errCode
;
6777 a
[6] = pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_HIT
];
6778 a
[7] = pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_MISS
];
6779 a
[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6780 a
[9] = pPager
->nRead
;
6781 a
[10] = pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
];
6787 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6788 ** or _WRITE+1. The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6789 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL. The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6790 ** it was added later.
6792 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6793 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6794 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6797 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager
*pPager
, int eStat
, int reset
, int *pnVal
){
6799 assert( eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6800 || eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6801 || eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6802 || eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+1
6805 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
);
6806 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
);
6807 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT
==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS
==1
6808 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE
==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL
==3 );
6810 eStat
-= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
;
6811 *pnVal
+= pPager
->aStat
[eStat
];
6813 pPager
->aStat
[eStat
] = 0;
6818 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6820 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager
*pPager
){
6821 return pPager
->tempFile
|| pPager
->memVfs
;
6825 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6826 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6827 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6828 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6830 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6831 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6832 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6834 static SQLITE_NOINLINE
int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, int nSavepoint
){
6835 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6836 int nCurrent
= pPager
->nSavepoint
; /* Current number of savepoints */
6837 int ii
; /* Iterator variable */
6838 PagerSavepoint
*aNew
; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6840 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
6841 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6842 assert( nSavepoint
>nCurrent
&& pPager
->useJournal
);
6844 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6845 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6846 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6848 aNew
= (PagerSavepoint
*)sqlite3Realloc(
6849 pPager
->aSavepoint
, sizeof(PagerSavepoint
)*nSavepoint
6852 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
6854 memset(&aNew
[nCurrent
], 0, (nSavepoint
-nCurrent
) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint
));
6855 pPager
->aSavepoint
= aNew
;
6857 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6858 for(ii
=nCurrent
; ii
<nSavepoint
; ii
++){
6859 aNew
[ii
].nOrig
= pPager
->dbSize
;
6860 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalOff
>0 ){
6861 aNew
[ii
].iOffset
= pPager
->journalOff
;
6863 aNew
[ii
].iOffset
= JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
6865 aNew
[ii
].iSubRec
= pPager
->nSubRec
;
6866 aNew
[ii
].pInSavepoint
= sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager
->dbSize
);
6867 aNew
[ii
].bTruncateOnRelease
= 1;
6868 if( !aNew
[ii
].pInSavepoint
){
6869 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
6871 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6872 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager
->pWal
, aNew
[ii
].aWalData
);
6874 pPager
->nSavepoint
= ii
+1;
6876 assert( pPager
->nSavepoint
==nSavepoint
);
6877 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager
);
6880 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, int nSavepoint
){
6881 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
6882 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6884 if( nSavepoint
>pPager
->nSavepoint
&& pPager
->useJournal
){
6885 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager
, nSavepoint
);
6893 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6894 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6895 ** created savepoint.
6897 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6898 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6899 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6900 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6902 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6903 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6904 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6905 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6906 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6908 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6909 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6910 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6911 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6912 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6914 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6915 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6916 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6918 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6919 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6920 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6922 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, int op
, int iSavepoint
){
6923 int rc
= pPager
->errCode
;
6925 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6926 if( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
) rc
= SQLITE_OK
;
6929 assert( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
|| op
==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
);
6930 assert( iSavepoint
>=0 || op
==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
);
6932 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& iSavepoint
<pPager
->nSavepoint
){
6933 int ii
; /* Iterator variable */
6934 int nNew
; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6936 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6937 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6938 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6940 nNew
= iSavepoint
+ (( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
) ? 0 : 1);
6941 for(ii
=nNew
; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
6942 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].pInSavepoint
);
6944 pPager
->nSavepoint
= nNew
;
6946 /* Truncate the sub-journal so that it only includes the parts
6947 ** that are still in use. */
6948 if( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
){
6949 PagerSavepoint
*pRel
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[nNew
];
6950 if( pRel
->bTruncateOnRelease
&& isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
6951 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6952 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
6953 i64 sz
= (pPager
->pageSize
+4)*(i64
)pRel
->iSubRec
;
6954 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->sjfd
, sz
);
6955 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
6957 pPager
->nSubRec
= pRel
->iSubRec
;
6960 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6961 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6962 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6963 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6965 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) || isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
6966 PagerSavepoint
*pSavepoint
= (nNew
==0)?0:&pPager
->aSavepoint
[nNew
-1];
6967 rc
= pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager
, pSavepoint
);
6968 assert(rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
6971 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6972 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6973 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6974 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6975 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */
6977 pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6978 && pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6980 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_ABORT
;
6981 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_ERROR
;
6982 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
6991 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6993 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6994 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6995 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6996 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6997 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6998 ** participate in shared-cache.
7000 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with
7001 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
7003 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager
*pPager
, int nullIfMemDb
){
7004 static const char zFake
[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
7005 if( nullIfMemDb
&& (pPager
->memDb
|| sqlite3IsMemdb(pPager
->pVfs
)) ){
7008 return pPager
->zFilename
;
7013 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
7015 sqlite3_vfs
*sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager
*pPager
){
7016 return pPager
->pVfs
;
7020 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7021 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
7022 ** not yet been opened.
7024 sqlite3_file
*sqlite3PagerFile(Pager
*pPager
){
7029 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7030 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7032 sqlite3_file
*sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager
*pPager
){
7036 return pPager
->pWal
? sqlite3WalFile(pPager
->pWal
) : pPager
->jfd
;
7041 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7043 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager
*pPager
){
7044 return pPager
->zJournal
;
7047 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7049 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7051 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7052 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7053 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7054 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7056 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7057 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7058 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7060 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7061 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7062 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7063 ** transaction is active).
7065 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7066 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7067 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7068 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7070 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7071 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7073 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager
*pPager
, DbPage
*pPg
, Pgno pgno
, int isCommit
){
7074 PgHdr
*pPgOld
; /* The page being overwritten. */
7075 Pgno needSyncPgno
= 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7076 int rc
; /* Return code */
7077 Pgno origPgno
; /* The original page number */
7079 assert( pPg
->nRef
>0 );
7080 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7081 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7083 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
7085 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7086 ** the page we are moving from.
7088 assert( pPager
->tempFile
|| !MEMDB
);
7089 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
7090 rc
= sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg
);
7094 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7095 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7096 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7099 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7101 ** <Move page X to location Y>
7104 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7105 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7106 ** statement were is processed.
7108 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7109 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7110 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7112 if( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_DIRTY
)!=0
7113 && SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
))
7118 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7119 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
, (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)?1:0, pgno
));
7120 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
, pgno
))
7122 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7123 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7125 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7126 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7127 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7129 if( (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
) && !isCommit
){
7130 needSyncPgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
7131 assert( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
||
7132 pageInJournal(pPager
, pPg
) || pPg
->pgno
>pPager
->dbOrigSize
);
7133 assert( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
);
7136 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7137 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7138 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7139 ** for the page moved there.
7141 pPg
->flags
&= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
7142 pPgOld
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pgno
);
7143 assert( !pPgOld
|| pPgOld
->nRef
==1 || CORRUPT_DB
);
7145 if( NEVER(pPgOld
->nRef
>1) ){
7146 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld
);
7147 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
7149 pPg
->flags
|= (pPgOld
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
);
7150 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
7151 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7152 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */
7153 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld
, pPager
->dbSize
+1);
7155 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld
);
7159 origPgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
7160 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg
, pgno
);
7161 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg
);
7163 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7164 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld
7165 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7167 if( pPager
->tempFile
&& pPgOld
){
7168 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld
, origPgno
);
7169 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld
);
7173 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7174 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7175 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7176 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7177 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7180 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7181 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7182 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7183 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7184 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7185 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7188 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, needSyncPgno
, &pPgHdr
, 0);
7189 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
7190 if( needSyncPgno
<=pPager
->dbOrigSize
){
7191 assert( pPager
->pTmpSpace
!=0 );
7192 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager
->pInJournal
, needSyncPgno
, pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
7196 pPgHdr
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
7197 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr
);
7198 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr
);
7206 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7207 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7208 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7209 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7211 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage
*pPg
, Pgno iNew
, u16 flags
){
7212 assert( pPg
->pgno
!=iNew
);
7214 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg
, iNew
);
7218 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7220 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage
*pPg
){
7221 assert( pPg
->nRef
>0 || pPg
->pPager
->memDb
);
7226 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7227 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7229 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage
*pPg
){
7234 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7235 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7236 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7237 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7239 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7240 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7243 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager
*pPager
, int eMode
){
7244 assert( eMode
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7245 || eMode
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7246 || eMode
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
);
7247 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
<0 );
7248 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
>=0 );
7249 assert( pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager
->pWal
) );
7250 if( eMode
>=0 && !pPager
->tempFile
&& !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager
->pWal
) ){
7251 pPager
->exclusiveMode
= (u8
)eMode
;
7253 return (int)pPager
->exclusiveMode
;
7257 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7259 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7260 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7261 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7262 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7263 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7264 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7266 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7267 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7269 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7272 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7274 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7276 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager
*pPager
, int eMode
){
7277 u8 eOld
= pPager
->journalMode
; /* Prior journalmode */
7279 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7280 assert( eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
/* 0 */
7281 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
/* 1 */
7282 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
/* 2 */
7283 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
/* 3 */
7284 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
/* 4 */
7285 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
/* 5 */ );
7287 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7288 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7291 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 || eMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
7293 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7294 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7297 assert( eOld
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| eOld
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
);
7298 if( eMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
&& eMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
7305 /* Change the journal mode. */
7306 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
7307 pPager
->journalMode
= (u8
)eMode
;
7309 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7310 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7311 ** delete the journal file.
7313 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
& 5)==1 );
7314 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
& 5)==1 );
7315 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
& 5)==0 );
7316 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
& 5)==4 );
7317 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
& 5)==0 );
7318 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
& 5)==5 );
7320 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->exclusiveMode
);
7321 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& (eOld
& 5)==1 && (eMode
& 1)==0 ){
7322 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7323 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7324 ** here is an optimization only.
7326 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7327 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7328 ** while it is in use by some other client.
7330 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
7331 if( pPager
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
){
7332 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, 0);
7335 int state
= pPager
->eState
;
7336 assert( state
==PAGER_OPEN
|| state
==PAGER_READER
);
7337 if( state
==PAGER_OPEN
){
7338 rc
= sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager
);
7340 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
){
7341 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
7342 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, RESERVED_LOCK
);
7344 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7345 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, 0);
7347 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& state
==PAGER_READER
){
7348 pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7349 }else if( state
==PAGER_OPEN
){
7350 pager_unlock(pPager
);
7352 assert( state
==pPager
->eState
);
7354 }else if( eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
7355 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
7359 /* Return the new journal mode */
7360 return (int)pPager
->journalMode
;
7364 ** Return the current journal mode.
7366 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager
*pPager
){
7367 return (int)pPager
->journalMode
;
7371 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7372 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7375 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager
*pPager
){
7376 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
7377 if( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
) return 0;
7378 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalOff
>0) ) return 0;
7383 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7385 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7386 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7388 i64
sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager
*pPager
, i64 iLimit
){
7390 pPager
->journalSizeLimit
= iLimit
;
7391 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager
->pWal
, iLimit
);
7393 return pPager
->journalSizeLimit
;
7397 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7398 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7399 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7400 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7402 sqlite3_backup
**sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager
*pPager
){
7403 return &pPager
->pBackup
;
7406 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7408 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7410 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager
*pPager
){
7411 assert( MEMDB
==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
7412 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ) pager_reset(pPager
);
7417 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7419 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7420 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7421 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7423 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7425 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7426 Pager
*pPager
, /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7427 sqlite3
*db
, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7428 int eMode
, /* Type of checkpoint */
7429 int *pnLog
, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7430 int *pnCkpt
/* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7433 if( pPager
->pWal
==0 && pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
){
7434 /* This only happens when a database file is zero bytes in size opened and
7435 ** then "PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL" is run and then sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7436 ** is invoked without any intervening transactions. We need to start
7437 ** a transaction to initialize pWal. The PRAGMA table_list statement is
7438 ** used for this since it starts transactions on every database file,
7439 ** including all ATTACHed databases. This seems expensive for a single
7440 ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() call, but it happens very rarely.
7441 ** https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/fd0f19d229156939
7443 sqlite3_exec(db
, "PRAGMA table_list",0,0,0);
7446 rc
= sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager
->pWal
, db
, eMode
,
7447 (eMode
==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
? 0 : pPager
->xBusyHandler
),
7448 pPager
->pBusyHandlerArg
,
7449 pPager
->walSyncFlags
, pPager
->pageSize
, (u8
*)pPager
->pTmpSpace
,
7456 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager
*pPager
){
7457 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager
->pWal
);
7461 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7462 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7464 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager
*pPager
){
7465 const sqlite3_io_methods
*pMethods
= pPager
->fd
->pMethods
;
7466 if( pPager
->noLock
) return 0;
7467 return pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| (pMethods
->iVersion
>=2 && pMethods
->xShmMap
);
7471 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7472 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7474 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager
*pPager
){
7475 int rc
; /* Return code */
7476 u8 eOrigLock
; /* Original lock */
7478 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
7479 eOrigLock
= pPager
->eLock
;
7480 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
7481 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
7482 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7483 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
7484 pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, eOrigLock
);
7491 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7492 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7493 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7494 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7496 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager
*pPager
){
7499 assert( pPager
->pWal
==0 && pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
7500 assert( pPager
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
|| pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
7502 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7503 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7504 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7505 ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7507 if( pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
7508 rc
= pagerExclusiveLock(pPager
);
7511 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7512 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7514 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7515 rc
= sqlite3WalOpen(pPager
->pVfs
,
7516 pPager
->fd
, pPager
->zWal
, pPager
->exclusiveMode
,
7517 pPager
->journalSizeLimit
, &pPager
->pWal
7520 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
7527 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7530 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7531 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7532 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7533 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7534 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7535 ** not modified in either case.
7537 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7538 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7539 ** without doing anything.
7541 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7542 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
7543 int *pbOpen
/* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7545 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
7547 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
7548 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
|| pbOpen
);
7549 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
|| !pbOpen
);
7550 assert( pbOpen
==0 || *pbOpen
==0 );
7551 assert( pbOpen
!=0 || (!pPager
->tempFile
&& !pPager
->pWal
) );
7553 if( !pPager
->tempFile
&& !pPager
->pWal
){
7554 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager
) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN
;
7556 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7557 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
7559 rc
= pagerOpenWal(pPager
);
7560 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7561 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
;
7562 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
7572 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7573 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7575 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7576 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7577 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7578 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7580 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3
*db
){
7583 assert( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
7585 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7586 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7587 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7589 if( !pPager
->pWal
){
7591 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7592 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7593 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(
7594 pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zWal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &logexists
7597 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& logexists
){
7598 rc
= pagerOpenWal(pPager
);
7602 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7603 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7605 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->pWal
){
7606 rc
= pagerExclusiveLock(pPager
);
7607 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7608 rc
= sqlite3WalClose(pPager
->pWal
, db
, pPager
->walSyncFlags
,
7609 pPager
->pageSize
, (u8
*)pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
7611 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
7612 if( rc
&& !pPager
->exclusiveMode
) pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7618 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7620 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
7621 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
7622 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
7623 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
7625 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager
*pPager
, int bLock
){
7627 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->exclusiveMode
==0 ){
7628 rc
= sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager
->pWal
, bLock
);
7634 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
7635 ** blocking locks are required.
7637 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3
*db
){
7638 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
7639 sqlite3WalDb(pPager
->pWal
, db
);
7644 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7646 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7647 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7649 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3_snapshot
**ppSnapshot
){
7650 int rc
= SQLITE_ERROR
;
7652 rc
= sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager
->pWal
, ppSnapshot
);
7658 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7659 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7660 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7662 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
7664 sqlite3_snapshot
*pSnapshot
7668 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager
->pWal
, pSnapshot
);
7676 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7677 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7679 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager
*pPager
){
7682 rc
= sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager
->pWal
);
7690 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7691 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7692 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7693 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7694 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7696 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7697 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7698 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7699 ** lock is released before returning.
7701 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3_snapshot
*pSnapshot
){
7704 rc
= sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager
->pWal
, pSnapshot
);
7712 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7713 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7715 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager
*pPager
){
7716 assert( pPager
->pWal
);
7717 sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager
->pWal
);
7720 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7721 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7723 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7725 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7726 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7727 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7728 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7729 ** is empty, return 0.
7731 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager
*pPager
){
7732 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
7733 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager
->pWal
);
7737 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */